WO2022017235A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022017235A1
WO2022017235A1 PCT/CN2021/106273 CN2021106273W WO2022017235A1 WO 2022017235 A1 WO2022017235 A1 WO 2022017235A1 CN 2021106273 W CN2021106273 W CN 2021106273W WO 2022017235 A1 WO2022017235 A1 WO 2022017235A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
identifier
message
paging
cycle
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/106273
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
姚楚婷
徐海博
才宇
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022017235A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022017235A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0225Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/02Arrangements for increasing efficiency of notification or paging channel
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/28Discontinuous transmission [DTX]; Discontinuous reception [DRX]
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method and apparatus.
  • the terminal equipment can also communicate with the base station through other terminal equipment.
  • a relay terminal device can act as a relay for a remote terminal device, so that the remote terminal device can communicate with the base station through the relay terminal device.
  • the technology is called user equipment to network relay (UE to network relay, UE2NW relay) technology.
  • the remote terminal equipment can receive paging from the network through the relay terminal equipment. Specifically, in addition to monitoring the paging of the relay terminal device, the relay terminal device also monitors the paging for the remote terminal device, and sends the paging of the remote terminal device to the remote terminal device.
  • the relay terminal device In order to monitor the paging of the remote terminal device, the relay terminal device needs to monitor on the paging occasion (PO) of the remote terminal device.
  • PO paging occasion
  • the PO of the relay terminal device and the remote terminal device may be different, so the relay terminal device needs to wake up and monitor the paging of the remote terminal device in an extra time besides the PO of the relay terminal device. Increased power consumption of relay terminal equipment.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and apparatus for reducing power consumption of a terminal device.
  • a first aspect provides a first communication method, the method comprising: a first terminal device receiving a first identifier from a second terminal device, where the first identifier is an identifier of the second terminal device, wherein the first The second terminal device provides relay services for the first terminal device, and the first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device; the first terminal device sends a first message to the first core network device , the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the identifier of the first terminal device according to the first identifier, and the first core network device serves the first A terminal device; the first terminal device receives a second identifier from the first core network device, where the second identifier is an updated identifier of the first terminal device, and the second identifier is used to determine the The paging occasion of the first terminal device.
  • the method may be performed by a first communication apparatus, and the first communication apparatus may be a communication apparatus or a communication apparatus, such as a chip, capable of supporting the functions required by the communication apparatus to implement the method.
  • the first communication apparatus is a terminal device, or a chip provided in the terminal device for implementing the function of the terminal device, or other components for implementing the function of the terminal device.
  • the first communication apparatus is a terminal device, for example, a first terminal device.
  • the PO of a terminal device is related to the identification of the terminal device. If the identifications of two terminal devices are different, the POs of the two terminal devices may be different. For this reason, in this embodiment of the present application, the first terminal device may request the first core network device to update the identity of the first terminal device, because the first core network device obtains information based on the identity of the second terminal device (for example, the first identity) If the identity of the first terminal device is updated, the paging occasion determined according to the updated identity of the first terminal device (for example, the second identity) may be the same as the paging occasion determined according to the first identity, or it may be are relatively close in time domain.
  • the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device at the same paging occasion, without monitoring at additional paging occasions, Helps to reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device; or, if the two paging occasions are relatively close in the time domain, the second terminal device does not need to go to sleep after monitoring the paging of one of the terminal devices state, but to enter the sleep state after the paging monitoring of the other terminal equipment is completed. Since the paging timings of the two terminal equipments are relatively close in the time domain, the function brought by this waiting of the second terminal equipment The power consumption can be smaller than the power consumption caused by waking up after the second terminal device sleeps. Therefore, this can also reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device.
  • the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, the first range is the value range of the identity of the first terminal device, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identity and the paging occasion determined according to the second identity belongs.
  • the terminal device For a terminal device, if it needs to monitor paging at a certain PO, the terminal device will wake up at the PO and monitor the paging. However, the terminal device may not enter the sleep state immediately after the PO ends. For example, the terminal device can perform other operations after waking up, such as measuring reference signals, etc. It will continue to work for a period of time and then go to sleep.
  • the first terminal device may send the first range information to the first core network device, where the first range information may indicate the first range, and the first range is, for example, the identifier of the first terminal device (here, the first core network The value range of the identification to be allocated by the equipment), if the identification of the first terminal equipment belongs to the first range, then the paging occasion determined according to the identification of the first terminal equipment will be located within the time when the second terminal equipment wakes up,
  • the first identification may belong to the first scope; or, the first scope is, for example, the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the first terminal device (here, the identification to be allocated by the first core network device) If the time domain distance between the two POs belongs to this range, the PO of the first terminal device will also be within the time when the second terminal device wakes up.
  • the first core network device can allocate a new identity to the first terminal device according to the first identity and the first range, which can make the selection range larger and the allocation more flexible when selecting
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device receives the first range information from the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device knows the time when the second terminal device wakes up, so the first range can be determined by the second terminal device, which can make the first range more in line with the actual working conditions of the second terminal device. After determining the first range information, the second terminal device can send the first range information to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can then send the first range information to the first core network device.
  • the The paging occasion is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identification and the paging occasion determined according to the second identification is smaller than the a threshold.
  • the second terminal device can In the same paging occasion, both the paging of the second terminal device and the paging of the first terminal device are monitored, and there is no need to wake up at an extra time to monitor the paging for the first terminal device, which can reduce the function of the second terminal device. consumption.
  • the second identifier belongs to the first range, or, there is a difference between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier
  • the time-domain distance belongs to the first range (or in other words, the first core network device is the second identifier determined according to the first range and the first identifier)
  • the second terminal device only needs to wake up once to be able to The terminal device monitors the paging, and does not need to wake up multiple times to monitor the paging, which can also reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device.
  • the fourth optional embodiment of the first aspect in combination with the first aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the first aspect to the third optional embodiment of the first aspect, the fourth optional embodiment of the first aspect
  • the first message further includes a first cause value, and the first cause value is used to indicate that the first terminal device is a remote terminal device.
  • the first message may also include a first cause value, and the first cause value may indicate that the first terminal device is a remote terminal device, or in other words, instruct the second terminal device to provide relay services for the first terminal device, so the first terminal device
  • the identity of the first terminal device needs to be set according to the identity of the second terminal device (ie, the first identity). In this way, the first core network device can specify the reason for updating the identification for the first terminal device.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the first terminal device sends a second message to the second terminal device, the second message includes the second cycle, the second The period is the DRX period of the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may determine the magnitude relationship between the second cycle and the first cycle, where the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device. If the second period is greater than or equal to the first period, then the second terminal equipment does not need to know the DRX period of the first terminal equipment. paging, so in this case, the first terminal device may not send the DRX cycle of the first terminal device (ie, the second DRX cycle) to the second terminal device.
  • the second period is less than the first period, that is, the DRX period of the remote terminal equipment is less than the DRX period of the relay terminal equipment, in this case, if the second terminal equipment does not know the DRX period of the first terminal equipment, Instead, the paging is monitored for the first terminal device according to the first cycle, and some paging may be missed.
  • the first period is 1.28 seconds
  • the second period is 640 milliseconds
  • the core network device pages the first terminal device at an interval of 640 milliseconds. If the second terminal device listens every 1.28 seconds, it may miss Paging of the first terminal device. Therefore, if the second period is smaller than the first period, the first terminal device may send the second period to the second terminal device to reduce the probability that the second terminal device misses the paging of the first terminal device.
  • the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the second cycle length.
  • the second message may further instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the length of the second cycle, then the second terminal device may negotiate with the second core network device to change the DRX cycle of the second terminal device. Therefore, the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the second terminal device and the paging of the first terminal device according to the same DRX cycle, and does not need to work according to multiple DRX cycles, which helps to unify the behavior of the second terminal device. .
  • the second identifier is carried in a configuration update message, or in a registration complete message.
  • the first core network device sends the second identifier to the first terminal device, which may be sent through a different message. For example, if the first terminal device sends a registration request message to the first core network device in advance (for example, the first message is a registration request message), then the first core network device may carry the second identifier in the registration completion message and send it to the first core network device. a terminal device. Alternatively, regardless of whether the first terminal device has sent a registration request message to the first core network device in advance, the first core network device may send the second identifier carried in the configuration update message to the first terminal device. Alternatively, the first core network device may also send the second identifier to the first terminal device through other messages.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the first terminal device sends the second identification to the second terminal device, where the second identification is used for the second terminal device to monitor paging for the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may send the second identification to the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device monitors paging for the first terminal device, if it monitors a paging message, it can determine whether the paging message includes the second identifier, and if it includes the second identifier, it indicates that the first terminal device is being paged If the paging message does not include the second identifier, indicating that the first terminal device is not paged, the second terminal device does not need to send the paging message to the first terminal device.
  • the paging message is sent to the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device can discard the paging message. In this way, information interaction between the second terminal device and the first terminal device can be reduced, transmission overhead can be saved, redundant information received by the first terminal device can also be reduced, and the validity of the information received by the first terminal device can be improved. .
  • the first identifier is the first value
  • the first value is the value of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the second terminal device, wherein mod represents the modulo operate.
  • the first identification may be the (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the second terminal device, or the first identification may also be the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device, etc., as long as the second terminal can be determined according to the first identification
  • the paging time of the device is sufficient.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the first terminal device sends a request message to the access network device, where the request message is used to request to enter the RRC disconnected state;
  • a confirmation message from the access network device is received, where the confirmation message is used to instruct the first terminal device to enter the RRC disconnected state.
  • the RRC disconnected state is, for example, an RRC idle state or an RRC inactive state.
  • Monitoring paging is generally an action when the terminal device is in the RRC disconnected state, so the first terminal device can enter the RRC disconnected state, so that the second terminal device can monitor the paging for the first terminal device.
  • a second communication method comprising: a second terminal device sending a first identifier to a first terminal device, where the first identifier is an identifier of the second terminal device, wherein the second terminal device
  • the terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device; the second terminal device receives the second terminal device from the first terminal device.
  • ID the second ID is the ID of the first terminal device, and the second ID is determined according to the first ID, and the second ID is used to determine the paging of the first terminal device opportunity.
  • the method may be performed by a second communication apparatus, and the second communication apparatus may be a communication apparatus or a communication apparatus, such as a chip, capable of supporting the functions required by the communication apparatus to implement the method.
  • the second communication apparatus is a terminal device, or a chip provided in the terminal device for implementing the function of the terminal device, or other components for implementing the function of the terminal device.
  • the second communication apparatus is taken as an example of a terminal device, for example, a second terminal device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second terminal device sends first range information to the first terminal device, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, and the first range is a value range of the identifier of the first terminal device , or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
  • the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier is different from the paging occasion determined according to the second aspect.
  • the paging occasions determined by the identifiers are the same, or the time domain distance between the paging occasions determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasions determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
  • the method further include:
  • the second terminal device monitors paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the second terminal device receives a second message from the first terminal device, the second message includes a second cycle, the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second cycle is The length is less than the length of the first period.
  • the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the second cycle length.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second terminal device negotiates the DRX cycle of the second terminal device with the second core network device, wherein the length of the negotiated DRX cycle of the second terminal device is the same as the length of the second cycle, so The second core network device serves the second terminal device.
  • the first identifier is the first value
  • the first value is the value of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the second terminal device, wherein mod represents the modulo operate.
  • a third communication method comprising: a second terminal device receiving a first identification from a first terminal device, where the first identification is an identification of the first terminal device, the first identification used to determine the paging occasion of the first terminal device; the second terminal device sends a first message to the second core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used for Request to update the identification of the second terminal device according to the first identification, the second core network device serves the second terminal device; the second terminal device receives the first information from the second core network device Two identifiers, the second identifier is the updated identifier of the second terminal device, and the second identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device.
  • the method may be performed by a third communication apparatus, and the third communication apparatus may be a communication apparatus or a communication apparatus, such as a chip, capable of supporting the functions required by the communication apparatus to implement the method.
  • the third communication apparatus is a terminal device, or a chip provided in the terminal device for implementing the function of the terminal device, or other components for implementing the function of the terminal device.
  • the third communication apparatus is a terminal device, for example, a second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may request the second core network device to update the identification of the second terminal device, because the second core network device is based on the identification of the first terminal device (for example, the first an identity) to update the identity of the second terminal device, then the paging occasion determined according to the updated identity of the second terminal device (for example, the second identity) may be the same as the paging occasion determined according to the first identity, Or it may be closer in the time domain, etc.
  • the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device at the same paging occasion, without monitoring at additional paging occasions, Helps to reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device; or, if the two paging occasions are relatively close in the time domain, the second terminal device does not need to go to sleep after monitoring the paging of one of the terminal devices state, but to enter the sleep state after the paging monitoring of the other terminal equipment is completed. Since the paging timings of the two terminal equipments are relatively close in the time domain, the function brought by this waiting of the second terminal equipment The power consumption can be smaller than the power consumption caused by waking up after the second terminal device sleeps. Therefore, this can also reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device. It can be seen that, in the embodiment of the present application, the identifier can be updated by the remote terminal device or the identifier can be updated by the relay terminal device, and the manner is relatively flexible.
  • the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, the first range is the value range of the identifier of the second terminal device, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
  • the terminal device For a terminal device, if it needs to monitor paging at a certain PO, the terminal device will wake up at the PO and monitor the paging. However, the terminal device may not enter the sleep state immediately after the PO ends. For example, the terminal device can perform other operations after waking up, such as measuring reference signals, etc. It will continue to work for a period of time and then go to sleep.
  • the second terminal device knows the time when the second terminal device wakes up. Therefore, as an optional implementation manner, the second terminal device can determine a range, for example, called the first range, and can use the first range
  • the information is sent to the second core network device.
  • the first range is, for example, the value range of the identifier of the first terminal device (here, the identifier to be allocated by the first core network device).
  • the first range is, for example, the PO determined according to the first identifier and the The range of the time domain distance between the POs determined by the identifier (here, the identifier to be allocated by the first core network device) belongs to, if the time domain distance of the two POs belongs to this range, then the PO of the first terminal device belongs to the range. It will also be within the time when the second terminal device wakes up.
  • the second core network device can assign a new identifier to the second terminal device according to the first identifier and the first range information. Due to the existence of the first range information, the second core network device can select a new identifier in a larger range, and select a more It is flexible and can improve the success rate of selection.
  • the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier is different from the paging occasion determined according to the second
  • the paging occasions determined by the identifiers are the same, or the time domain distance between the paging occasions determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasions determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
  • the second terminal device can In the same paging occasion, both the paging of the second terminal device and the paging of the first terminal device are monitored, and there is no need to wake up at an extra time to monitor the paging for the first terminal device, which can reduce the function of the second terminal device. consumption.
  • the second identifier belongs to the first range, or, there is a difference between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier
  • the time-domain distance belongs to the first range (or in other words, the first core network device is the second identifier determined according to the first range and the first identifier)
  • the second terminal device only needs to wake up once to be able to The terminal device monitors the paging, and does not need to wake up multiple times to monitor the paging, which can also reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device.
  • the first The message further includes a first cause value, where the first cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device is a relay terminal device.
  • the first message may also include a first cause value, and the first cause value may indicate that the second terminal device is a relay terminal device, or in other words, instruct the second terminal device to provide a relay service for the first terminal device, so the second terminal device
  • the identity of the second terminal device needs to be set according to the identity of the first terminal device (ie, the first identity). In this way, the second core network device can specify the reason for updating the identification for the second terminal device.
  • the fourth optional embodiment of the third aspect can be In an optional implementation manner, the second identifier is carried in a configuration update message, or in a registration complete message.
  • the second core network device sends the second identifier to the second terminal device, which may be sent through a different message. For example, if the second terminal device sends a registration request message to the second core network device in advance (for example, the second message is a registration request message), the second core network device may carry the second identifier in the registration completion message and send it to the second core network device. Two terminal equipment. Alternatively, regardless of whether the second terminal device has sent a registration request message to the second core network device in advance, the second core network device may send the second identifier to the second terminal device by carrying the second identifier in the configuration update message. Alternatively, the second core network device may also send the second identifier to the second terminal device through other messages.
  • the first identifier is the first value
  • the first value is the value of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the second terminal device, wherein mod represents the modulo operate.
  • the first identifier may be the (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the first terminal device, or the first identifier may also be the 5G-S-TMSI of the first terminal device, etc., as long as the first terminal can be determined according to the first identifier The paging time of the device is sufficient.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the second terminal device monitors paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion.
  • the second terminal device may determine a paging occasion according to the first identifier, and monitor paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion. Since the second identifier is also determined according to the first identifier, the paging occasion of the second terminal device may be the same as the paging occasion of the first terminal device, or the distance in the time domain may be smaller than the first threshold. The power consumption of the second terminal device due to monitoring paging for the first terminal device is reduced.
  • a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the aforementioned first communication device.
  • the first communication apparatus is configured to execute the method in the above first aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the first communication apparatus may include a module for executing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, a processing module, and optionally, a transceiver module may also be included.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, and the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the first communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device, such as a first terminal device.
  • the first communication apparatus is the first terminal device.
  • the transceiver module can also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module can also be implemented by a processor (or a processing circuit).
  • the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter
  • the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module but capable of implementing different functions.
  • the transceiver is implemented by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec and the like in the communication device.
  • the transceiver (or the transmitter and the receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • the first communication apparatus is continued to be the first terminal device, and the processing module, the sending module, and the receiving module are used as examples for introduction. in,
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a first identifier from a second terminal device, where the first identifier is an identifier of the second terminal device, wherein the second terminal device provides the first terminal device with a middle Following service, the first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device;
  • the sending module is configured to send a first message to a first core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the first terminal according to the first identifier
  • the identification of the device, the first core network device serves the first terminal device;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a second identifier from the first core network device, where the second identifier is an updated identifier of the first terminal device, and the second identifier is used to determine the first terminal device.
  • the paging occasion of a terminal device is further configured to receive a second identifier from the first core network device, where the second identifier is an updated identifier of the first terminal device, and the second identifier is used to determine the first terminal device.
  • the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, the first range is the value range of the identity of the first terminal device, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identity and the paging occasion determined according to the second identity belongs.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the first range information.
  • the The paging occasion is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identification and the paging occasion determined according to the second identification is smaller than the a threshold.
  • the fourth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect can be In an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes a first cause value, and the first cause value is used to indicate that the first terminal device is a remote terminal device.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a first cycle from the second terminal device, where the first cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device;
  • the sending module is further configured to send a second message to the second terminal device when the processing module determines that the length of the second cycle is less than the length of the first cycle, where the second message includes the first cycle. Two cycles, where the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device.
  • the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the second cycle length.
  • the second identifier is carried in a configuration update message, or in a registration complete message.
  • the sending module is further configured to send the second identifier to the second terminal device, where the second identifier is used by the second terminal device to monitor for the first terminal device paging.
  • the first identifier is the first value
  • the first value is the value of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the second terminal device, wherein mod represents the modulo operate.
  • the sending module is further configured to send a request message to the access network device, where the request message is used to request to enter the RRC disconnected state;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive an acknowledgment message from the access network device, where the acknowledgment message is used to instruct the first terminal device to enter the RRC disconnected state.
  • a fifth aspect provides a communication device, for example, the communication device is the aforementioned second communication device.
  • the second communication device is configured to execute the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the second communication apparatus may include a module for executing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, a processing module, and optionally, a transceiver module may also be included.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, and the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the second communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device, such as a second terminal device.
  • the second communication device is the second terminal device.
  • the transceiver module can also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module can also be implemented by a processor (or a processing circuit).
  • the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter
  • the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module but capable of implementing different functions.
  • the transceiver is implemented by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec and the like in the communication device.
  • the transceiver (or the transmitter and the receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • the introduction process of the fifth aspect continue to take the second communication apparatus as a second terminal device, and take the processing module, the sending module and the receiving module as examples for introduction. in,
  • the sending module is configured to send a first identification to a first terminal device, where the first identification is an identification of the second terminal device, wherein the second terminal device provides a relay for the first terminal device service, the first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device;
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a second identification from the first terminal device, where the second identification is the identification of the first terminal device, and the second identification is determined according to the first identification , and the second identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the first terminal device.
  • the sending module is further configured to send first range information to the first terminal device, where the first range information is used to indicate The first range, where the first range is the value range of the identity of the first terminal device, or the range between the paging occasion determined according to the first identity and the paging occasion determined according to the second identity The range to which the time domain distance belongs.
  • the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier is different from the paging occasion determined according to the second
  • the paging occasions determined by the identifiers are the same, or the time domain distance between the paging occasions determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasions determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
  • the processing module configured to determine the paging occasion according to the second identifier
  • the receiving module is further configured to monitor paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion.
  • the fourth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect can be In selected embodiments,
  • the sending module is further configured to send a first cycle to the first terminal device, where the first cycle is the cycle of the second terminal device;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a second message from the first terminal device, where the second message includes a second cycle, the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second The length of the period is less than the length of the first period.
  • the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the second cycle length.
  • the processing module is further configured to negotiate the DRX cycle of the second terminal device with the second core network device, wherein the length of the negotiated DRX cycle of the second terminal device is the same as the length of the second cycle, and the second core network device Serve the second terminal device.
  • the first identifier is the first value
  • the first value is the value of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the second terminal device, wherein mod represents the modulo operate.
  • a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the aforementioned third communication device.
  • the third communication apparatus is configured to execute the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the third communication apparatus may include a module for executing the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, a processing module, and optionally, a transceiver module may also be included.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, and the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the third communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device, such as a second terminal device.
  • the transceiver module can also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module can also be implemented by a processor (or a processing circuit).
  • the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter
  • the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module but capable of implementing different functions.
  • the third communication apparatus is a communication device
  • the transceiver is implemented by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec and the like in the communication device.
  • the transceiver (or the transmitter and the receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • the processing module, the sending module and the receiving module are used as examples for introduction. in,
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a first identification from a first terminal device, where the first identification is an identification of the first terminal device, and the first identification is used to determine the paging of the first terminal device opportunity;
  • the sending module is configured to send a first message to a second core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the second terminal according to the first identifier
  • the identification of the device, the second core network device serves the second terminal device;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a second identifier from the second core network device, where the second identifier is an updated identifier of the second terminal device, and the second identifier is used to determine the first identifier. 2. The paging occasion of the terminal equipment.
  • the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, the first range is the value range of the identifier of the second terminal device, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
  • the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier is different from the paging occasion determined according to the second
  • the paging occasions determined by the identifiers are the same, or the time domain distance between the paging occasions determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasions determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
  • the first The message further includes a first cause value, where the first cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device is a relay terminal device.
  • the second identifier is carried in a configuration update message, or in a registration complete message.
  • the first identifier is a first value
  • the first value is a value of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the first terminal device, wherein mod represents a modulo operate.
  • the sixth optional embodiment of the sixth aspect In combination with the sixth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the sixth aspect to the fifth optional embodiment of the sixth aspect, the sixth optional embodiment of the sixth aspect In selected embodiments,
  • the processing module configured to determine the paging occasion according to the first identifier
  • the receiving module is further configured to monitor paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion.
  • a communication device is provided, and the communication device is, for example, the aforementioned first communication device.
  • the communication apparatus includes a processor (or, a processing circuit) and a communication interface (or, an interface circuit), and the communication interface may be used to communicate with other apparatuses or devices.
  • a memory may also be included for storing computer instructions.
  • the processor and the memory are coupled to each other for implementing the method described in the first aspect or various possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
  • the first communication device may not include the memory, and the memory may be located outside the first communication device.
  • the processor, the memory and the communication interface are coupled to each other, and are used for implementing the method described in the first aspect or various possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
  • the first communication apparatus when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the first communication apparatus is caused to execute the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the first communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device, such as a first terminal device.
  • the communication interface is realized by, for example, a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codecs, etc. are implemented.
  • the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins, etc., and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • a communication device is provided, and the communication device is, for example, the aforementioned second communication device.
  • the communication apparatus includes a processor (or, a processing circuit) and a communication interface (or, an interface circuit), and the communication interface may be used to communicate with other apparatuses or devices.
  • a memory may also be included for storing computer instructions.
  • the processor and the memory are coupled to each other for implementing the method described in the second aspect or various possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • the second communication device may not include the memory, and the memory may be located outside the second communication device.
  • the processor, the memory and the communication interface are coupled to each other for implementing the method described in the above second aspect or various possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • the second communication apparatus when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the second communication apparatus is caused to perform the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the second communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device, such as a second terminal device.
  • the communication interface is realized by, for example, a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codecs, etc. are implemented.
  • the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins, etc., and the communication interface is connected to the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • a communication device is provided, and the communication device is, for example, the aforementioned third communication device.
  • the communication apparatus includes a processor (or, a processing circuit) and a communication interface (or, an interface circuit), and the communication interface may be used to communicate with other apparatuses or devices.
  • a memory may also be included for storing computer instructions.
  • the processor and the memory are coupled to each other for implementing the method described in the third aspect or various possible implementation manners of the third aspect.
  • the first communication device may not include the memory, and the memory may be located outside the third communication device.
  • the processor, the memory and the communication interface are coupled to each other, and are used for implementing the method described in the third aspect or various possible implementation manners of the third aspect.
  • the first communication device when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the first communication device is caused to execute the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the third communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a first device.
  • the first device is a terminal device, such as a second terminal device.
  • the communication interface is realized by, for example, a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codecs, etc. are implemented.
  • the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins, etc., and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • a tenth aspect provides a first communication system, the first communication system comprising the communication device of the fourth aspect or the communication device of the seventh aspect, and the communication device of the fifth aspect or the communication device of the eighth aspect the communication device described.
  • a second communication system includes the communication device of the sixth aspect or the communication device of the ninth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used for storing a computer program, and when the computer program is executed on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or the first A method as described in any one of the possible embodiments of the aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer is made to execute the second aspect or the second aspect above.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed on a computer, the computer is made to execute the third aspect or the third aspect A method as described in any one of the possible embodiments of the aspect.
  • a fifteenth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect The method described in any one of the possible embodiments of .
  • a sixteenth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned second aspect or the second aspect The method described in any one of the possible embodiments of .
  • a seventeenth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned third aspect or the third aspect The method described in any one of the possible embodiments of .
  • the first terminal device may request to update the identity of the first terminal device, so that the paging timing of the first terminal device is aligned with the paging timing of the second terminal device as much as possible, so that the second terminal device will not Listening to the paging of the first terminal device and then waking up at an extra time saves the power consumption of the second terminal device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a relay scenario
  • Fig. 2 is a flow chart of relay terminal equipment monitoring paging for remote terminal equipment
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a specific application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a first communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a time domain position of POs of two terminal devices processed according to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a time domain position of POs of two terminal devices processed according to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a time domain location of POs of two terminal devices that are not processed according to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a second communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a first terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a second terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is another schematic block diagram of a second terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is another schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is still another schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Terminal devices including devices that provide users with voice and/or data connectivity, specifically, include devices that provide users with voice, or include devices that provide users with data connectivity, or include devices that provide users with voice and data connectivity sexual equipment.
  • it may include a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal equipment can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), exchange voice or data with the RAN, or exchange voice and data with the RAN.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device (D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle to everything (V2X) terminal equipment , machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, subscription unit (subscriber unit), subscription station (subscriber) station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user Agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • M2M/MTC machine-to-machine/machine-type communications
  • IoT Internet of things
  • subscription unit subscriber unit
  • subscription station subscriber
  • mobile station mobile station
  • remote station remote station
  • access point access point
  • AP remote terminal
  • remote terminal remote terminal
  • access terminal
  • these may include mobile telephones (or "cellular" telephones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-embedded mobile devices, and the like.
  • mobile telephones or "cellular" telephones
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • constrained devices such as devices with lower power consumption, or devices with limited storage capacity, or devices with limited computing power, etc.
  • it includes information sensing devices such as barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), and laser scanners.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. Wait.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the various terminal devices described above if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be considered as on-board terminal equipment.
  • the on-board terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). ).
  • the terminal device may further include a relay (relay).
  • a relay relay
  • any device capable of data communication with the base station can be regarded as a terminal device.
  • the apparatus for implementing the function of the terminal device may be the terminal device, or may be an apparatus capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the apparatus may be installed in the terminal device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • Network equipment including, for example, access network (AN) equipment, such as a base station (for example, an access point), which may refer to a device in the access network that communicates with wireless terminal equipment over the air interface through one or more cells , or, for example, a network device in a vehicle-to-everything (V2X) technology is a roadside unit (RSU).
  • the base station may be used to interconvert the received air frames and IP packets, acting as a router between the terminal equipment and the rest of the access network, which may include the IP network.
  • the RSU can be a fixed infrastructure entity supporting V2X applications and can exchange messages with other entities supporting V2X applications.
  • the network device can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • the network equipment may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in the LTE system or long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A), or may also include fifth generation mobile
  • the next generation node B (gNB) in the communication technology (the 5th generation, 5G) new radio (new radio, NR) system (also referred to as the NR system) may also include a cloud access network (cloud radio)
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited to a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) in an access network, Cloud RAN) system.
  • the network equipment may also include core network equipment, for example, the core network equipment includes an access and mobility management function (AMF), a session management function (SMF) or a user plane function (user plane) in the 5G system function, UPF), etc., or include a mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) and the like in the 4G system.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • MME mobility management entity
  • the apparatus for implementing the function of the network device may be the network device, or may be an apparatus capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the apparatus may be installed in the network device.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the device for realizing the function of the network device being a network device as an example.
  • the DRX mechanism includes a DRX cycle.
  • the terminal device will periodically "wake up” for a period of time, and may remain in a "sleep” state at other times in the DRX cycle to reduce power consumption.
  • the terminal device can periodically enter the sleep state without monitoring the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH).
  • PDCH physical downlink control channel
  • Radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) state the terminal equipment has three RRC states: RRC connected (connected) state, RRC idle (idle) state and RRC inactive (inactive) state.
  • RRC connected state (or, it can also be referred to as connected state.
  • connected state and “RRC connected state” are the same concept, and the two terms can be interchanged): the terminal device has established an RRC connection with the network, which can data transfer.
  • RRC idle state (or, can also be referred to as idle state.
  • idle state and “RRC idle state” are the same concept, and the two terms can be interchanged): the terminal device does not establish an RRC connection with the network, the base station The context for this end device is not stored. If the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connected state from the RRC idle state, it needs to initiate the RRC connection establishment process.
  • RRC inactive state (or, may also be referred to as RRC inactive state, or simply inactive state or inactive state.
  • RRC inactive state or, may also be referred to as RRC inactive state, or simply inactive state or inactive state.
  • deactive state “inactive state”, “deactive state”, “Deactivated state”, “inactive state”, “RRC inactive state” or “RRC deactivated state”, etc., are the same concept, and these terms can be interchanged):
  • the terminal device entered the RRC connection at the anchor base station before. state, and then the anchor base station releases the RRC connection, but the anchor base station saves the context of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device needs to re-enter the RRC connected state from the RRC inactive state, it needs to initiate an RRC connection recovery process (or referred to as an RRC connection re-establishment process) at the base station where it currently resides. Because the terminal device may be in a mobile state, the base station where the terminal device currently resides and the anchor base station of the terminal device may be the same base station, or may be different base stations. Compared with the RRC establishment process, the RRC recovery process has shorter delay and lower signaling overhead. However, the base station needs to save the context of the terminal device, which will occupy the storage overhead of the base station.
  • ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the size, content, order, and timing of multiple objects , priority or importance, etc.
  • the first identification and the second identification may be the same identification or different identifications, and this name does not indicate the amount of information, content, priority or importance of the two identifications. different.
  • the network may page the terminal device, so the terminal device needs to monitor the paging.
  • the terminal device can wake up on the PO of the terminal device to monitor and paging downlink control information (DCI), or monitor the PDCCH, and can sleep at other times except the PO, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • a 2-bit field is included in the paging DCI, and the field may indicate that the paging DCI includes scheduling information, a short message, or both scheduling information and a short message.
  • the scheduling information is used for scheduling paging messages, for example, the scheduling information includes time-frequency resource information or modulation and coding information of the paging message.
  • Short messages can indicate whether system information has changed, Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System (ETWS) notifications or Commercial Mobile Alert Service (CMAS) notifications, etc.
  • Table 1 may be referred to for an indication manner of the 2-bit field included in the paging DCI.
  • the terminal equipment can decode the paging DCI. If the paging DCI includes the scheduling information of the paging message, the terminal device continues to receive the paging message according to the scheduling information, or if the paging DCI does not include the scheduling information, such as only short messages, the terminal device There is no need to receive paging messages. Further, if the terminal device receives the paging message, and the paging message contains the identification of the terminal device, it indicates that the terminal device is paged, and if the terminal device receives the paging message, but the paging message does not If the identifier of the terminal device is included, it indicates that the terminal device has not been paged.
  • a terminal device can monitor one PO in each DRX cycle.
  • One PO is a group of PDCCH listening opportunities, which may include multiple subframes or multiple orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM) symbols, and the PDCCH listening opportunities of one PO may span multiple radio frames.
  • a paging frame (paging frame, PF) is a radio frame, and a PF may contain one or more POs, or a time domain start point of one or more POs.
  • a PO may start on the PF associated with the PO, or it may start after the PF associated with the PO has ended. For example, PO 1 starts on PF 1 associated with this PO 1, PO 1 may end on PF 1, or PO 1 may span multiple radio frames, PO 1 does not end on PF 1, but on PF 1 end on the following radio frame.
  • the PO can be determined according to the parameters broadcast by the cell, the DRX cycle of the terminal device and the identity of the terminal device.
  • a cell broadcast parameters include one or more of the following: DRX cycle / paging cycle (paging cycle) / default paging period (default paging cycle), N, N s, or, PF_offset.
  • N for the total number of PF DRX cycle
  • the number of N s represents a PO PF included, PF_offset for determining the offset value of PF.
  • the identifier of the terminal device may be the international mobile subscriber identification number (IMSI) of the terminal device or the 5G-serving (serving, S)-temporary mobile subscription identifier (5G-s-temporary mobile subscription identifier, 5G-S) of the terminal device -TMSI).
  • IMSI international mobile subscriber identification number
  • 5G-serving serving, S
  • 5G-temporary mobile subscription identifier 5G-s-temporary mobile subscription identifier, 5G-S
  • the frame whose frame number determined according to formula 1 is the system frame number (SFN) is the PF.
  • Equation 2 represents the index of the PO.
  • the terminal device can determine the PO according to the SFN and i_s.
  • T represents the DRX cycle of the terminal device.
  • T is the minimum value of the specific (specific) DRX cycle of the terminal device and the default DRX cycle of system information broadcast.
  • N represents the total number of PFs in the DRX cycle.
  • N s represents the number of POs included in a PF.
  • PF_offset is used to determine the offset value of PF.
  • UE_ID is the terminal device's (5G-s-TMSI mod 1024), and mod represents the modulo operation.
  • the terminal equipment can also communicate with the base station through other terminal equipment.
  • a relay terminal device can act as a relay for a remote terminal device, so that the remote terminal device can communicate with the base station through the relay terminal device.
  • This technology is called UE2NW relay technology.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a relay scenario.
  • FIG. 1 includes terminal equipment 1, terminal equipment 2, access network equipment and core network equipment.
  • the access network equipment is the access network equipment serving the terminal equipment 1
  • the core network equipment is the core network equipment serving the terminal equipment 1 and the terminal equipment 2
  • the terminal equipment 1 is the relay terminal equipment
  • the terminal equipment 2 is the remote terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device or in other words, the terminal device 1 provides a relay service for the terminal device 2 .
  • the terminal device 1 provides the relay service for the terminal device 2 .
  • the information sent by the terminal device 2 to the access network device is forwarded to the access network device through the terminal device 1, and the access network device sends the information to the terminal device.
  • the information of 2 is also forwarded to the terminal device 2 through the terminal device 1.
  • the remote terminal equipment can establish an end-to-end radio resource control (RRC, RRC) with the base station through the relay terminal equipment. ) connection, that is, the remote terminal device is visible to the network, so as to realize the control of the remote terminal device by the network.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the remote terminal equipment Since the remote terminal equipment directly registers the services of the remote terminal equipment in the core network, when the core network equipment has the services of the remote terminal equipment, it will communicate with the remote terminal equipment through the radio access network (RAN).
  • the end terminal device performs paging, and the remote terminal device needs to camp on the air interface to monitor paging. Since the power consumption of the Uu port is relatively large, it will bring relatively large energy consumption to the remote terminal equipment.
  • a typical implementation of the remote terminal device is that the remote terminal device can be implemented by a wearable device such as a smart watch or a smart bracelet. In this scenario, it is obvious that the battery capacity of the remote terminal device will not be too large.
  • the remote terminal device resides on the air interface to monitor paging by itself, resulting in greater power consumption, the usage of the remote terminal device will be reduced. Time, which may cause the remote terminal equipment to have insufficient power supply for normal use, or the remote terminal equipment needs to be charged frequently, which is inconvenient.
  • the relay terminal equipment can monitor the paging for the remote terminal equipment, that is, the remote terminal equipment does not need to monitor the paging on the Uu interface, and the work is done by the relay terminal equipment.
  • the relay terminal device can send the monitored paging to the remote terminal device through the PC5 interface.
  • FIG. 2 it is an implementation flow for the relay terminal equipment to monitor paging for the remote terminal equipment.
  • the relay terminal device sends the system information to the remote terminal device, and the remote terminal device receives the system information from the relay terminal device.
  • the system information comes from the base station, that is, the base station broadcasts the system information, and the relay terminal device receives the system information from the base station. Afterwards, the relay terminal device forwards the system information to the remote terminal device.
  • the relay terminal device forwards the system information to the remote terminal device.
  • the remote terminal device sends the 5G-S-TMSI and DRX cycle to the relay terminal device, and the relay terminal device receives the 5G-S-TMSI and DRX cycle from the remote terminal device; or, the remote terminal device sends the relay
  • the terminal device sends the PO information of the remote terminal device, and the relay terminal device receives the PO information from the remote terminal device.
  • the 5G-S-TMSI is the 5G-S-TMSI of the remote terminal device
  • the DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the remote terminal device
  • the DRX cycle is the specific DRX cycle of the remote terminal device and the default DRX cycle included in the system information the smallest of the two. That is, the remote terminal device can send the 5G-S-TMSI and DRX cycle of the remote terminal device to the relay terminal device, so that the relay terminal device can calculate the PO and PF of the remote terminal device according to the 5G-S-TMSI , and other parameters used to calculate PO and PF, which are included in the system information, can be known by the relay terminal device. Alternatively, the remote terminal device can also directly send the PO information of the remote terminal device to the relay terminal device, so that the relay terminal device can directly determine the PO of the remote terminal device.
  • the base station sends a paging message to the relay terminal device, and the relay terminal device receives the paging message from the base station.
  • the relay terminal device can determine the PO of the remote terminal device, the relay terminal device will wake up when the PO of the remote terminal device arrives, and monitor paging for the remote terminal device. If the base station needs to page the remote terminal equipment, it will also page at the PO.
  • the paging message is used to page the remote terminal equipment.
  • the base station will first send the paging DCI.
  • the paging DCI includes the scheduling information of the paging message
  • the base station will send the paging message again.
  • the relay terminal device After the relay terminal device receives the paging DCI , it will also listen for paging messages again.
  • the relay terminal device sends the paging message to the remote terminal device, and the remote terminal device receives the paging message from the relay terminal device.
  • the relay terminal device knows the 5G-S-TMSI of the remote terminal device, so the relay terminal device can determine whether the paging message is used for paging the remote terminal device. If it is determined that the paging message is for paging the remote terminal equipment, the relay terminal equipment sends the paging message to the remote terminal equipment.
  • the relay terminal equipment in addition to monitoring the paging of the relay terminal equipment, it also monitors the paging for the remote terminal equipment, and sends the paging of the remote terminal equipment to the remote terminal equipment.
  • the relay terminal device In order to monitor the paging of the remote terminal device, the relay terminal device needs to monitor the PO of the remote terminal device, and the PO of the relay terminal device and the remote terminal device may be different. Then, the relay terminal device needs to wake up and monitor the paging of the remote terminal device in the extra time except the PO of the relay terminal device, which increases the power consumption of the relay terminal device.
  • the core network device knows the binding relationship (or the relay relationship) between the remote terminal device and the relay terminal device, if it needs to page the remote terminal device , the paging information of the remote terminal equipment will be included in the paging message of the relay terminal equipment and sent.
  • the relay terminal device only needs to monitor the paging of the relay terminal device, and when monitoring the paging of the relay terminal device, it can also receive the paging of the remote terminal device.
  • the paging information of one terminal device needs to be delivered through the paging message of another terminal device, which has a great impact on the core network equipment, the system needs to be upgraded, and the implementation complexity is also relatively large.
  • the PO of a terminal device is related to the identification of the terminal device. If the identifications of two terminal devices are different, the POs of the two terminal devices may be different. For this reason, in this embodiment of the present application, the first terminal device may request the first core network device to update the identity of the first terminal device, because the first core network device obtains information based on the identity of the second terminal device (for example, the first identity) If the identity of the first terminal device is updated, the paging occasion determined according to the updated identity of the first terminal device (for example, the second identity) may be the same as the paging occasion determined according to the first identity, or it may be are relatively close in time domain.
  • the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device at the same paging occasion, without monitoring at additional paging occasions, Helps to reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device; or, if the two paging occasions are relatively close in the time domain, the second terminal device does not need to go to sleep after monitoring the paging of one of the terminal devices state, but to enter the sleep state after the paging monitoring of the other terminal equipment is completed. Since the paging timings of the two terminal equipments are relatively close in the time domain, the function brought by this waiting of the second terminal equipment The power consumption can be smaller than the power consumption caused by waking up after the second terminal device sleeps. Therefore, this can also reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device.
  • the smart watch can establish a connection with the mobile phone, so as to access the network through the mobile phone.
  • the mobile phone provides a relay service for the smart watch.
  • the smart watch can answer calls through the mobile phone. For example, if there is an incoming call to the smart watch, the user can answer it through the mobile phone. Or, the user can make a call through the smart watch. This saves the power consumption of the smartwatch.
  • each terminal device needs to monitor paging. Therefore, even if the smartwatch's functions of making and receiving calls are performed through the mobile phone, and the user does not use the smartwatch, the smartwatch will still reduce a lot of power after a period of time, even if the smartwatch is in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, no Data transmission, but because the smart watch needs to wake up to monitor the PO, and many monitors are useless, it will cause the smart watch to consume excess power consumption, the power will decrease faster, and the battery life will deteriorate.
  • the smart watch can monitor the paging through the mobile phone, or the mobile phone can monitor the paging for the smart watch, so that the smart watch does not need to wake up in the PO to monitor, thereby effectively saving the smart watch’s time. power consumption.
  • a terminal device monitors paging for another terminal device
  • a terminal device monitors paging DCI for another terminal device, or monitors paging for another terminal device DCI and paging messages.
  • the second terminal device monitoring paging for the first terminal device may include the second terminal device monitoring paging DCI for the first terminal device, or the second terminal device monitoring paging DCI and paging for the first terminal device information.
  • the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device this description is equivalent to "the first terminal device monitors the paging through the second terminal device”.
  • the first terminal device monitors the paging for the second terminal device this description is equivalent to "the second terminal device monitors the paging through the first terminal device”.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a fourth generation mobile communication technology (the 4th generation, 4G) system, such as an LTE system, or can be applied to a 5G system, such as an NR system, or can also be applied to the next generation
  • 4G fourth generation mobile communication technology
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G 5th generation
  • NR NR
  • the mobile communication system or other similar communication systems are not specifically limited.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a device-to-device (D2D) scenario, such as an NR-D2D scenario, or can be applied to a vehicle to everything (V2X) scenario, such as NR-V2X scenarios, etc., for example, can be applied to the Internet of Vehicles, such as V2X, vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), etc., or can be used in fields such as intelligent driving, assisted driving, or intelligent networked vehicles.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • FIG. 4 includes terminal equipment 1 , terminal equipment 2 , access network equipment, core network equipment 1 , and core network equipment 2 .
  • the access network device is the access network device accessed by the terminal device 1
  • the core network device 1 is the core network device serving the terminal device 1
  • the core network device 2 is the core network device serving the terminal device 2
  • the terminal device 1 is a relay terminal device
  • terminal device 2 is a remote terminal device.
  • terminal device 1 provides relay service for terminal device 2.
  • the information sent by the terminal device 2 to the access network device is forwarded to the access network device through the terminal device 1, and the access network device sends the information to the terminal device.
  • the information of 2 is also forwarded to the terminal device 2 through the terminal device 1.
  • the terminal device 2 in FIG. 1 or FIG. 4 is not within the coverage of the network, or the terminal device 2 cannot be directly served by the network, or the terminal device 2 does not have a Uu port set, so the terminal device 2 can be accessed through the terminal device 1.
  • the internet may also be within the coverage of the network, or the terminal device 2 may also have a Uu port or the like, and such a terminal device 2 may also access the network through the terminal device 1 .
  • the access network device in FIG. 1 or FIG. 4 is, for example, a base station.
  • the access network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems, for example, in a 4G system, it may correspond to an eNB, and in a 5G system, it corresponds to an access network equipment in 5G, such as a gNB.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to future mobile communication systems, so the access network devices in FIG. 1 or FIG. 4 can also correspond to network devices in future mobile communication systems.
  • FIG. 1 or FIG. 4 take the access network device being a base station as an example.
  • the access network device may also be a device such as an RSU.
  • the core network device in FIG. 1 or FIG. 4 is, for example, an AMF, or may also be other core network devices.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of the method.
  • the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 4 as an example.
  • the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example.
  • the first core network device described below is the core network device serving the first terminal device
  • the second core network device described below is the core network device serving the second terminal device
  • the first core network device and the second core network device may be the same core network device, or may also be different core network devices.
  • the first core network device is, for example, the first AMF
  • the second core network device is, for example, the second AMF.
  • the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 , and the following
  • the second terminal device described in the text may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1
  • the first core network device described below may be the network architecture shown in FIG. 1
  • the core network device in , the second core network device described below may also be the core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device.
  • the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4
  • the first core network device described below may be the one shown in FIG. 4
  • the core network device 1 in the network architecture and the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4 . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices.
  • the second terminal device sends the first identifier to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the first identifier from the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device acts as a relay terminal device. If the relay terminal device needs to save energy, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented. By updating the identifier of the first terminal device, the first terminal device and the second terminal device can be made The paging occasions of the two terminals are aligned as far as possible, thereby reducing the power consumption of the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may also determine whether to execute the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application according to the number of remote terminal devices served by the second terminal device. For example, if the number of remote terminal devices served by the second terminal device is small, even if the PO of these remote terminal devices is different from the PO of the second terminal device, the second terminal device will wake up additionally in the PO of each remote terminal device.
  • the second terminal equipment can determine that it is not necessary to align the paging timings of the first terminal equipment and the second terminal equipment, then It is not necessary to implement the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application; and if the number of remote terminal devices served by the second terminal device is large, then, if the PO of these remote terminal devices is different from the PO of the second terminal device, or Among these remote terminal devices, the POs of multiple remote terminal devices are different from those of the second terminal device, and the second terminal device additionally wakes up at the POs of these remote terminal devices to monitor paging for the corresponding remote terminal devices , the required power consumption will be relatively large, and the second terminal device can determine that it is necessary to align the paging timings of the first terminal device and the second terminal device as much as possible, and then the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be implemented. .
  • the first terminal device when it receives the first identifier, it can also decide whether to change the PO of the first terminal device. Regarding the decision-making manner of the first terminal device, this embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the second terminal device may send a third message to the first terminal device through the PC5 interface, and the third message may include the first identifier.
  • the third message is, for example, a PC5-RRC message or a PC5-signaling (S) message or the like.
  • the first identifier is an identifier of the second terminal device, and the first identifier can be used to determine the PO of the second terminal device.
  • the first identifier may be the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device; alternatively, the first identifier may be the UE_ID of the second terminal device, or the first identifier may also be referred to as the first value, regardless of the first identifier Whether it is the UE_ID of the second terminal device or the first value, both means that the first identification is of the second terminal device (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024); or, the first identification can also be other identification, as long as the PO of the second terminal device can be determined according to the first identification.
  • the terminal device For a terminal device, if it needs to monitor paging at a certain PO, the terminal device will wake up at the PO and monitor the paging. However, the terminal device may not enter the sleep state immediately after the PO ends. For example, the terminal device can perform other operations after waking up, such as measuring reference signals, etc. It will continue to work for a period of time and then go to sleep. For example, the duration of a PO may be 1 second, and the terminal device may wake up for 20 seconds and then go to sleep.
  • the second terminal device can monitor the paging of the first terminal device in the PO of the second terminal device, if the first terminal device The PO of a terminal device is different from the PO of the second terminal device, but if the PO of the first terminal device is within the time when the second terminal device wakes up, the second terminal device can also monitor the paging for the first terminal device, And it will not bring extra power consumption caused by dedicated wake up.
  • the second terminal device knows the time when the second terminal device wakes up. Therefore, as an optional implementation manner, the second terminal device may determine a range, for example, called the first range, and the first range is, for example, the first range.
  • a value range of the identifier of the terminal device here, the identifier to be allocated by the first core network device
  • the paging determined according to the identifier of the first terminal device The timing will be within the time when the second terminal device wakes up, for example, the first identifier may belong to the first scope; or, the first scope is, for example, the PO determined according to the first identifier and the identifier of the first terminal device (here refers to , the range to which the time domain distance between POs determined by the ID to be allocated by the first core network device) belongs, if the time domain distance of the two POs belongs to this range, then the PO of the first terminal device will also be located in the second The time that the end device wakes up.
  • the PO determined according to the first identity and the PO determined according to the identity of the first terminal device may be the same, or, the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identifier and the PO determined according to the first terminal device identifier may be smaller than the first threshold; or, if the first range is determined according to the first identifier
  • the range to which the time domain distance between the PO and the PO determined according to the identification of the first terminal device belongs, and the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the first terminal device belongs to this range then, the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the first terminal device may be the same, or the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the first terminal device can be smaller than the first threshold.
  • the PO of the first terminal device will be within the time when the second terminal device wakes up.
  • the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the first terminal device identification is smaller than the first threshold, then within a DRX cycle in which both POs appear, the two POs may Partially overlapping in time domain, or possibly non-overlapping in time domain.
  • the identifier of the first terminal device belongs to the first range, and the identifier here refers to, for example, the UE_ID of the first terminal device.
  • the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the first terminal device should belong to the first range. For example, if the identifier of the first terminal device is 5G-S-TMSI, it should be such that the value of (5G-S-TMSI mod1024) of the first terminal device belongs to the first range.
  • the first range is the value range of the identifier of the first terminal device, and the first identifier is, for example, the UE_ID of the second terminal device, for example, the first identifier is 758
  • the second terminal device can wake up according to the second terminal device time to determine the first range, for example, the first range is [648,798].
  • the second terminal device needs to satisfy the first range.
  • the identifier of the first terminal device belongs to the first range
  • the PO determined according to the identifier of the first terminal device can be within the time when the second terminal device wakes up.
  • the first range is a value range of the identifier of the first terminal device, where the identifier of the first terminal device may refer to the UE_ID of the first terminal device.
  • the first range information may include two values, which are two values.
  • the time domain range constituted by each value is the first range.
  • the first range information includes two values of 0 and 10
  • the first range is [0, 10]
  • the unit is, for example, milliseconds.
  • the first range information may also include only one value, according to This value can also determine a range, which is the first range.
  • the first range may be [0, 10], and the unit is, for example, milliseconds.
  • the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device are different, the PO of the first terminal device may be located before the PO of the second terminal device in the time domain, or may also be located in the PO of the second terminal device After that, as long as the temporal distance between the two POs is within the first range.
  • the second terminal device may send the first range information to the first terminal device, and the first range information may indicate the first range.
  • the second terminal device may also include the first range information in the third message and send it to the first terminal device together.
  • the second terminal device may also send the first cycle to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device receives the first cycle from the second terminal device, and the first cycle is the second terminal device.
  • the DRX cycle (which may be the DRX cycle of the second device in an idle state or an inactive state), that is, the second terminal device may inform the first terminal device of the DRX cycle of the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may also include the first period in the third message and send it to the first terminal device together.
  • the first terminal device sends a second message to the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the second message from the first terminal device.
  • the second message includes the second period.
  • the first terminal device may determine the magnitude relationship between the second cycle and the first cycle, where the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device. If the second period is greater than or equal to the first period, then the second terminal equipment does not need to know the DRX period of the first terminal equipment. paging, so S502 may not need to be performed in this case; or, if the second cycle is smaller than the first cycle, that is, the DRX cycle of the remote terminal device is smaller than the DRX cycle of the relay terminal device, S502 may be performed. Therefore, S502 is an optional step, which is represented by a dotted line in FIG. 5 .
  • the second terminal device may miss some paging.
  • the first period is 1.28 seconds
  • the second period is 640 milliseconds
  • the core network device pages the first terminal device at an interval of 640 milliseconds. If the second terminal device listens every 1.28 seconds, it may miss Paging of the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device can send a second message to the second terminal device, and notify the second terminal device of the DRX period of the first terminal device through the second message, so as to reduce the second The probability that a terminal device misses a page of the first terminal device.
  • the second message may further include first indication information.
  • the first indication information occupies one or more bits (bits), and the first indication information may indicate (or suggest) that the DRX cycle The length is modified to the length of the second period.
  • the first indication information occupies 1 bit, if the value of this bit is "0", it indicates that the length of the DRX cycle does not need to be modified; if the value of this bit is "1", it indicates that it is recommended to modify the length of the DRX cycle.
  • the second message does not include the first indication information, it indicates that the length of the DRX cycle does not need to be modified; if the second message includes the first indication information, it indicates that it is recommended to modify the length of the DRX cycle. That is, if the second cycle is smaller than the first cycle, the first terminal device may instruct the second terminal device to modify the DRX cycle of the second terminal device so that the length of the modified DRX cycle of the second terminal device is the same as the length of the second cycle Similarly, in this way, the second terminal device will monitor the paging for the first terminal device according to the second cycle, which reduces the probability of missing the paging of the first terminal device.
  • the second message may not include the first indication information, and the second cycle included in the second message may implicitly indicate (or suggest) modify the length of the DRX cycle to the length of the second cycle. In this way, no additional indication information is needed, which helps to save signaling overhead.
  • the second message may also not instruct to modify the DRX cycle, that is, the second message only sends the second cycle to the second terminal device without instructing the second terminal device to modify the DRX cycle.
  • the second terminal device negotiates the DRX cycle of the second terminal device with the second core network device.
  • the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device, that is, the core network device in FIG. 5 .
  • S503 may be executed; or, if the second message does not indicate to modify the length of the DRX cycle, then S503 may be executed, or S503 may not be executed, in this case whether to execute S503, which may depend on the implementation of the second terminal device. It can be seen that S503 is an optional step, which is represented by a dotted line in FIG. 5 .
  • the second terminal device may send a second cause value to the second core network device, and the second cause value may indicate that the second terminal device is a relay terminal device, or in other words, indicate the second cause value
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, so the DRX cycle of the second terminal device needs to be adjusted to be consistent with the DRX cycle of the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may send a first negotiation message to the second core network device, and the second core network device receives the first negotiation message from the second terminal device, where the first negotiation message is, for example, an initial registration message or a mobile registration message, etc. .
  • the first negotiation message may include the DRX parameter requested by the second terminal device or the requested extended idle state DRX parameter, and the like.
  • the second core network device sends a second negotiation message to the second terminal device, and the second terminal device receives the second negotiation message from the second core network device, where the second negotiation message is, for example, a registration complete message or other messages.
  • the negotiated DRX parameters or the negotiated extended idle state DRX parameters may be included to indicate DRX related parameters.
  • the negotiation can be completed, or the second terminal device can further send a message to the second core network device to continue the negotiation, and so on until the negotiation is completed.
  • the second terminal device can make the length of the DRX cycle of the second terminal device determined through negotiation to be the same as the length of the second cycle.
  • the DRX cycle of the second terminal device determined through negotiation is referred to as the third cycle, and the length of the third cycle and the length of the second cycle may be the same. If the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device are different, but the time domain distance between the two POs is less than the first threshold, the second terminal device does not need to enter the page after monitoring the paging of one of the terminal devices. In the dormant state, it will enter the dormant state after the paging monitoring of the other terminal equipment is completed.
  • the waiting time of the second terminal equipment brings about The power consumption may be smaller than the power consumption caused by waking up after the second terminal device sleeps.
  • the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device are also the same, then the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device can be completely overlapped, and the second terminal device only needs to When the PO of the device wakes up to monitor, it can monitor the paging of the second terminal device and the paging of the first terminal device. For example, referring to FIG.
  • T in FIG. 6 represents the DRX cycle (eg, the second cycle) of the first terminal device.
  • the length of the DRX cycle of the first terminal device is the same as the length of the DRX cycle (eg, the third cycle) of the second terminal device. Therefore, the first The PO of the terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device completely overlap, so the rectangular box in FIG. 6 represents both the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may not negotiate with the second core network device to re-determine the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, that is, the second The DRX cycle of the terminal device is still the first cycle. In this case, the second terminal device not only monitors the paging of the second terminal device according to the first cycle, but also monitors the paging of the first terminal device according to the second cycle.
  • the PO of the second terminal device and the PO of the first terminal device meaning, according to the following will be The PO determined by the introduced second identifier can be aligned (that is, the PO of the second terminal device is the same as the PO of the first terminal device), then in this DRX cycle, the second terminal device only needs to It is enough to wake up and monitor at the PO of the device, and there is no need to wake up in an additional PO. It can be seen that even if the second terminal device does not modify the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, the power consumption of the second terminal device due to monitoring paging can be reduced.
  • the PO of the second terminal device and the PO of the first terminal device may also be different, but the time domain distance of the two POs is less than the first threshold, then the second terminal device does not need to enter the dormant state after monitoring the paging of one of the terminal devices, but It is to wait for the paging monitoring of the other terminal device to complete before entering the sleep state. Since the paging timings of the two terminal devices are relatively close in the time domain, the power consumption caused by the waiting of the second terminal device can be reduced.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing that the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device do not completely overlap (or in other words, the time domain distance is smaller than the first threshold).
  • T1 in FIG. 7 represents the first cycle
  • T2 represents the second cycle.
  • the length of the second period is less than the length of the second period, then in a DRX period in which both the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device appear, the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device may be partially It may overlap or not.
  • FIG. 7 takes the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device as an example that do not overlap.
  • the blank rectangular box represents the PO of the first terminal device
  • the oblique-lined rectangular box represents the PO of the second terminal device.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram showing that the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device are different.
  • the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device are completely different, that is, , the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device are different, and the time domain distance between the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device is also greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • T1 in FIG. 8 represents the DRX cycle of the first terminal device
  • T2 represents the DRX cycle of the second terminal device.
  • the length of the DRX cycle of the first terminal device is smaller than the length of the DRX cycle of the second terminal device.
  • the blank rectangular box represents the PO of the first terminal device
  • the oblique-lined rectangular box represents the PO of the second terminal device. It can be seen that in a DRX cycle in which both POs appear, the time-domain distance between the two POs is relatively far. After the execution is completed, another PO may not be started yet, so the second terminal device needs to go to sleep, and wake up again to monitor paging when another PO starts. Obviously, compared with the scenario shown in FIG. 6 or the scenario shown in FIG. 7 , the scenario shown in FIG. 8 consumes more power for the second terminal device. It can be known from these several drawings that by adopting the method provided by the embodiments of the present application, the purpose of energy saving for the second terminal device can be achieved.
  • the first terminal device sends the first message to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the first message from the first terminal device.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the first message may reuse an existing message, for example, the first message may be a registration request (registeration request) message, or may be other NAS messages, such as other NAS messages in the registration process, or may be Other NAS messages after registration is complete.
  • the first message may also be a newly added message in this embodiment of the present application, which is dedicated to sending the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the first message may include a first identification, and the first message is used to request to update the identification of the first terminal device according to the first identification.
  • the first message may include second indication information, and the second indication information may be used to request to update the identity of the first terminal device according to the first identity, for example, the second indication information may occupy one or more bits.
  • the first message may not include the second indication information, and the first identifier may implicitly indicate to update the identifier of the first terminal device according to the first identifier.
  • the first message may further include a first cause value
  • the first cause value may indicate that the first terminal device is a remote terminal device, or in other words, instruct the second terminal device to provide relay services for the first terminal device, so The first terminal device needs to set the identity of the first terminal device according to the identity of the second terminal device (ie, the first identity).
  • the first message may further include first range information.
  • the first range information may be sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device may add the first range information to the first message and forward it to the first core network device.
  • the first terminal device may also process the first range information from the second terminal device before sending it to the first core network device.
  • the first range indicated by the first range information sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device is the range to which the identifier of the first terminal device belongs, and then the first terminal device may determine the determination based on the first identifier according to the first range
  • the range to which the time domain distance between the PO and the PO determined according to the identity of the first terminal device belongs, so that the first range indicated by the first range information sent by the first terminal device to the first core network device may be based on the first range. Identify the range to which the time domain distance between the determined PO and the PO determined according to the identity of the first terminal device belongs.
  • the first range information sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device and the first range information sent by the first terminal device to the first core network device may be the same type of information, for example, the indicated first range is both The range to which the identifier of the first terminal device belongs, or different information, for example, the first range indicated by the first range information sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device is the range to which the identifier of the first terminal device belongs,
  • the first range indicated by the first range information sent by the first terminal device to the first core network device is the range to which the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the first terminal device belongs to .
  • the first core network device allocates a new identity to the first terminal device according to the first identity, for example, the allocated new identity is called a second identity.
  • the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier allocated by the first core network device may be the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier.
  • the UE_ID corresponding to the second identification can be the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the second identification, so that the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the second identification can be the same.
  • the second identifier may be the 5G-globally unique temporary UE identity (globally unique temporary UE identity, GUTI) of the first terminal device, or the 5G-S-TMSI of the first terminal device, or may also be the first terminal device other identifiers.
  • the first identifier is, for example, the UE_ID of the second terminal device, or the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device, or the like. However, no matter what type of identification the second identification is, the UE_ID corresponding to the second identification is the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the first identification.
  • the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the UE_ID of the first terminal device (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) , so that the value is the same as the first identifier; for another example, if the first identifier is the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device, and the second identifier is the 5G-GUTI of the first terminal device, then the corresponding UE_ID is the lower 10 bits of the 5G-GUTI of the first terminal device, so that the value is the same as (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the second terminal device.
  • the first core network device may allocate a new identity to the first terminal device according to the first range information and the first identity.
  • the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier allocated by the first core network device may be the same as or different from the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier. In short, it needs to be satisfied that the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier belongs to the first range, or it is satisfied that according to the second identifier
  • the time domain distance between the PO determined by the corresponding UE_ID and the PO determined by the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier belongs to the first range.
  • the first range indicated by the first range information is the range to which the identifier of the first terminal device belongs.
  • the first range is [648,798]
  • the first core network device can select a value from the first range and assign it to If the first terminal device, for example, the first core network device allocates the second identifier to the first terminal device, the value is the value of the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier.
  • the first range indicated by the first range information is the range to which the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the first terminal device belongs, then the first core network device can Select a value within the first range, and according to the value and the first identification, an identification can be determined, such as the second identification, then, the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the first terminal device The time domain distance between is the value, and the value belongs to the first range.
  • the first core network device allocates a new identity to the first terminal device according to the first identity, so that the PO determined according to the first identity is the same as the PO determined according to the second identity, or the PO determined according to the first identity is the same as the PO determined according to the second identity.
  • the time domain distance between the POs determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
  • the first core network device sends the second identifier to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device receives the second identifier from the first core network device.
  • the first core network device may send the second identification to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device may learn the new identification of the first terminal device.
  • the first core network device may include the second identifier in a fourth message and send it to the first terminal device, and the fourth message may reuse existing messages, such as a registration complete message, or a configuration An update command message (configuration update command message), or the fourth message may also be a newly added message in the embodiment of the present application, which is dedicated to sending an identifier to the terminal device.
  • the first terminal device sends the second identifier to the second terminal device, and the second terminal device receives the second identifier from the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may send the second identification to the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device monitors paging for the first terminal device, if it monitors a paging message, it can determine whether the paging message includes the second identifier, and if it includes the second identifier, it indicates that the first terminal device is being paged If the paging message does not include the second identifier, indicating that the first terminal device is not paged, the second terminal device does not need to send the paging message to the first terminal device.
  • the paging message is sent to the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device can discard the paging message. In this way, information interaction between the second terminal device and the first terminal device can be reduced, transmission overhead can be saved, redundant information received by the first terminal device can also be reduced, and the validity of the information received by the first terminal device can be improved. .
  • the first terminal device may also not send the second identification to the second terminal device, that is, S507 is not performed. Because the second terminal device executes S501, it indicates that the second terminal device has started the process of aligning the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device. Then, even if the second terminal device does not know the second identifier, the second terminal device will monitor the paging for the first terminal device according to the second cycle, that is, the second terminal device will, according to the second cycle, monitor each DRX in the Wake up within the periodic PO to monitor paging for the first terminal device. However, if the second terminal device does not know the second identifier, the second terminal device cannot determine whether the first terminal device is paged.
  • S507 is an optional step, which is represented by a dotted line in FIG. 5 .
  • the first terminal device may enter the RRC disconnected state.
  • the RRC disconnected state may be the RRC idle state, or may also be the RRC inactive state.
  • the first terminal device may enter the RRC disconnected state before executing S507 and after executing S506, or the first terminal device may also enter the RRC disconnected state after executing S507.
  • the first terminal device enters the RRC disconnected state in a manner that the first terminal device sends a request message to the access network device, and the access network device receives the request message from the first terminal device, and the request message can be used to request to enter the RRC disconnected state. connected state. After that, the access network device sends a confirmation message to the first terminal device, where the confirmation message is used to instruct the first terminal device to enter the RRC disconnected state, and the first terminal device enters the RRC disconnected state.
  • the second terminal device enters the RRC disconnected state.
  • the RRC disconnected state may be the RRC idle state, or may also be the RRC inactive state.
  • the core network device pages the first terminal device according to the second cycle, and the second terminal device monitors the paging from the core network device according to the second cycle.
  • the second terminal device knows the second identifier, and therefore can determine the PO of the first terminal device according to the second identifier, so that the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device at the PO of the first terminal device. Or, if the first terminal device does not send the second identification to the second terminal device, the second terminal device can monitor the paging for the first terminal device at the PO of the second terminal device, or the second terminal device can monitor the page on the second terminal device.
  • the PO of the terminal device can monitor paging for the first terminal device during the wake-up time of the PO of the terminal device. Because the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device are the same, or the time domain distance is less than the first threshold, the second terminal device can still monitor the paging of the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device sends the paging message to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device receives the paging message from the second terminal device.
  • S509 and S510 are optional steps, which are represented by dotted lines in FIG. 5 .
  • the second terminal device can determine whether the paging message includes the Second identification, if the second identification is included, it indicates that the first terminal device is paged, and the second terminal device sends the paging message to the first terminal device, and if the paging message does not include the second identification, it indicates that the first terminal device is paged. If a terminal device is not paged, the second terminal device may not need to send the paging message to the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device may discard the paging message. In this way, information interaction between the second terminal device and the first terminal device can be reduced, transmission overhead can be saved, redundant information received by the first terminal device can also be reduced, and the validity of the information received by the first terminal device can be improved. .
  • the second terminal device will also monitor paging for the first terminal device according to the second cycle. However, because the second terminal device does not know the second identifier, the second terminal device cannot determine whether the first terminal device is paged. In this case, if the second terminal device monitors the paging message according to the second cycle, the second terminal device will send the paging message to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device will determine whether to be paged by itself. . This way can reduce the burden of the second terminal device, but the first terminal device may need to receive more paging messages.
  • the core network device may also page the second terminal device according to the first cycle (or, the third cycle), and the second terminal device may also monitor the paging from the core network device according to the first cycle (or, the third cycle). , without further elaboration.
  • the first terminal device may request to update the identity of the first terminal device, so that the PO of the first terminal device is aligned with the PO of the second terminal device as much as possible, so that the second terminal device will not monitor the first terminal device because of monitoring the first terminal device.
  • the device wakes up at an extra time after paging, saving the power consumption of the second terminal device.
  • the remote terminal device (for example, the first terminal device) requests to update the identifier of the second terminal device, so that the PO of the first terminal device is aligned with the PO of the second terminal device as much as possible .
  • the relay terminal device (for example, the second terminal device) can also request to update the identifier of the relay terminal device, so that the PO of the first terminal device can be connected to the second terminal device.
  • the PO is as aligned as possible.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a second communication method, in which the second terminal device may request to update the identity of the second terminal device. Please refer to FIG. 9 , which is a flowchart of the method.
  • the second terminal device only provides a relay service for one terminal device (for example, the first terminal device)
  • the method provided by the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 may be used, or the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 may be used to provide the relay service. or, if the second terminal device provides relay services for multiple terminal devices, then, if the method provided by the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 is adopted, the second terminal device can only align the PO with one of the terminal devices as much as possible. , but for other terminal devices, the second terminal device still needs to wake up in an extra time to monitor paging. Therefore, if this is the case, the method provided by the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 is preferably used.
  • the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example.
  • the first core network device described below is the core network device serving the first terminal device
  • the second core network device described below is the core network device serving the second terminal device
  • the first core network device and the second core network device may be the same core network device, or may also be different core network devices.
  • the first core network device is, for example, the first AMF
  • the second core network device is, for example, the second AMF.
  • the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 , and the following
  • the second terminal device described in the text may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1
  • the first core network device described below may be the network architecture shown in FIG. 1
  • the core network device in , the second core network device described below may also be the core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device.
  • the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4
  • the first core network device described below may be the one shown in FIG. 4
  • the core network device 1 in the network architecture and the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4 . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices.
  • the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the second terminal device, and the second terminal device receives the first identifier from the first terminal device.
  • the first identifier is an identifier of the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device acts as a relay terminal device. If the relay terminal device needs to save energy, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented. By updating the identifier of the second terminal device, the first terminal device and the second terminal device can be The paging occasions of the two terminals are aligned as far as possible, thereby reducing the power consumption of the second terminal device. Alternatively, the second terminal device may also determine whether to execute the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application according to the number of remote terminal devices served by the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device is in the remote terminal device.
  • the PO additionally wakes up to monitor paging for the remote terminal device, and the required power consumption may not be very large, so the second terminal device can determine that it is not necessary to make the paging timing of the first terminal device and the second terminal device. Alignment, then it is not necessary to implement the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application; or, even if there is only one remote terminal device (for example, the first terminal device) served by the second terminal device, the second terminal device needs to save power consumption.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may also be implemented.
  • the first terminal device may send a second message to the second terminal device through the PC5 interface, and the second message may include the first identifier.
  • the second message is, for example, a PC5-RRC message or a PC5-S message.
  • the first identifier is an identifier of the first terminal device, and the first identifier can be used to determine the PO of the first terminal device.
  • the first identifier may be the 5G-S-TMSI of the first terminal device; or, the first identifier may be the UE_ID of the first terminal device, in this case, the first identifier may also be referred to as the first value, Regardless of whether the first identifier is the UE_ID of the first terminal device or the first value, it means that the first identifier is of the first terminal device (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024); or, the first identifier may also be the first identifier. Other identifiers of the terminal device only need to be able to determine the PO of the first terminal device according to the first identifier.
  • the first terminal device may also send the first cycle to the second terminal device, and the second terminal device may receive the first cycle from the first terminal device.
  • the first cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device. Because the first cycle is the minimum value between the specific DRX cycle of the first terminal device and the default DRX cycle of system information broadcast, then if the first cycle is the specific DRX cycle of the first terminal device, the first cycle is possible is smaller than the DRX cycle of the second terminal device (the DRX cycle of the second terminal device may be the default DRX cycle of the system information broadcast), if this is the case, if the second terminal device does not know the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, Instead, the first terminal device monitors paging according to the DRX cycle of the second terminal device. If the length of the DRX cycle of the second terminal device is greater than the length of the first cycle, the second terminal device may miss some pages. So in this case, the first terminal device can send the first cycle to the second terminal device.
  • the DRX cycle of the second terminal device can only be greater than or equal to the DRX cycle of the first terminal device (if the DRX cycle of the second terminal device is also the default DRX cycle , the length of the DRX cycle of the second terminal device is equal to the length of the first cycle, or, if the DRX cycle of the second terminal device is the specific DRX cycle of the second terminal device, the length of the DRX cycle of the second terminal device is less than the length of the first cycle. length of one cycle).
  • the second terminal device does not need to know the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second terminal device can monitor the paging of the first terminal device as long as it monitors the paging according to the DRX cycle of the second terminal device. call. Therefore, in this case, the first terminal device may also not send the first cycle to the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may add the first cycle to the second message and send it to the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device sends the first message to the second core network device, and correspondingly, the second core network device receives the first message from the second terminal device.
  • the first message is, for example, a NAS message.
  • the first message can reuse existing messages, for example, the first message can be a registration request, or it can be other NAS messages, such as other NAS messages during the registration process, or other NAS messages after the registration is completed. NAS messages.
  • the first message may also be a newly added message in this embodiment of the present application, which is dedicated to sending the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the first message may include the first identification, and the first message may be used to request to update the identification of the second terminal device according to the first identification.
  • the first message may include indication information, and the indication information may be used to request to update the identity of the second terminal device according to the first identity.
  • the indication information may occupy one or more bits.
  • the first message may not include the indication information, and the first identifier may implicitly instruct to update the identifier of the second terminal device according to the first identifier.
  • the first message may further include a first cause value
  • the first cause value may indicate that the second terminal device is a relay terminal device, or in other words, instruct the second terminal device to provide a relay service for the first terminal device, so The second terminal device needs to set the identity of the second terminal device according to the identity of the first terminal device (ie, the first identity).
  • the second terminal device may determine a range, for example, referred to as the first range, and the first range is, for example, the identifier of the second terminal device (here, the identifier to be allocated by the first core network device ) value range, if the identity of the second terminal equipment belongs to the first range, then the paging occasion determined according to the identity of the first terminal equipment will be within the time when the second terminal equipment wakes up, for example, the first identity can be belong to the first range; or, the first range is, for example, the time domain between the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the second terminal device (here, the identification to be allocated by the first core network device) The range to which the distance belongs.
  • the first range is, for example, the identifier of the second terminal device (here, the identifier to be allocated by the first core network device ) value range, if the identity of the second terminal equipment belongs to the first range, then the paging occasion determined according to the identity of the first terminal equipment will be within
  • the PO of the first terminal device will also be within the time when the second terminal device wakes up.
  • the first range is the value range of the identity of the second terminal device, and the identity of the second terminal device belongs to the first range
  • the PO determined according to the first identity and the PO determined according to the identity of the second terminal device The PO may be the same, or, the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identifier and the PO determined according to the second terminal device identifier may be smaller than the first threshold; or, if the first range is determined according to the first identifier
  • the range to which the time domain distance between the PO and the PO determined according to the identification of the second terminal device belongs, and the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the second terminal device belongs to this range , then, the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the second terminal equipment may be the same, or the time domain distance between the PO determined according to
  • the two POs may Partially overlapping in time domain, or possibly non-overlapping in time domain.
  • the identifier of the first terminal device belongs to the first range, and the identifier here refers to, for example, the UE_ID of the first terminal device.
  • the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the first terminal device should belong to the first range. For example, if the identifier of the first terminal device is 5G-S-TMSI, it should be such that the value of (5G-S-TMSI mod1024) of the first terminal device belongs to the first range.
  • the second terminal device may send the first range information to the second core network device, and the first range information may indicate the first range.
  • the second terminal device may also include the first range information in the first message, and send it to the second core network device together.
  • the second core network device allocates a new identity to the second terminal device according to the first identity, for example, the allocated new identity is called a second identity.
  • the second core network device sends the second identifier to the second terminal device, and the second terminal device receives the second identifier from the second core network device.
  • the second core network device may include the second identifier in a third message and send it to the first terminal device, and the third message may reuse existing messages, such as a registration complete message or a configuration update command message, Alternatively, the third message may also be a newly added message in this embodiment of the present application, and is dedicated to sending an identifier to the terminal device.
  • the second terminal device enters an RRC disconnected state.
  • the RRC disconnected state may be the RRC idle state, or may also be the RRC inactive state.
  • the first terminal device may first enter the RRC disconnected state before the second terminal device enters the RRC disconnected state. Exactly when the first terminal device enters the RRC disconnected state is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For example, the first terminal device may enter the RRC disconnected state before executing S901, or the first terminal device may enter the RRC disconnected state after executing S901, and so on.
  • the core network device pages the first terminal device according to the second cycle, and the second terminal device monitors the paging from the core network device according to the second cycle.
  • the second terminal device knows the first identifier, and the second terminal device can determine the PO of the first terminal device according to the first identifier, so that the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device at the PO of the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device sends the paging message to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device receives the paging message from the second terminal device.
  • S906 and S907 are optional steps, which are represented by dotted lines in FIG. 9 .
  • the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the second terminal device. If the first identifier is the 5G-S-TMSI of the first terminal device, the second terminal device is the first terminal device.
  • monitoring paging if a paging message is monitored, it can be determined whether the paging message includes the first identifier. If the first identifier is included, it indicates that the first terminal device is being paged, and the second terminal device will then paging the paging message.
  • the message is sent to the first terminal device, and if the paging message does not include the first identifier, indicating that the first terminal device is not paged, the second terminal device may not need to send the paging message to the first terminal device, for example The second terminal device may discard the paging message. In this way, information interaction between the second terminal device and the first terminal device can be reduced, transmission overhead can be saved, redundant information received by the first terminal device can also be reduced, and the validity of the information received by the first terminal device can be improved. .
  • the second terminal device cannot obtain the Other identifiers of the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device will still monitor the paging for the first terminal device according to the second cycle. However, because the second terminal device does not know the complete identification of the first terminal device, the second terminal device cannot determine whether the first terminal device is paged. In this case, if the second terminal device monitors the paging message according to the second cycle, the second terminal device will send the paging message to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device will determine whether to be paged by itself. . This way can reduce the burden of the second terminal device, but the first terminal device may need to receive more paging messages.
  • the core network device can also page the second terminal device according to the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, and the second terminal device can also monitor the paging from the core network device according to the DRX cycle of the second terminal device. .
  • the second terminal device may request to update the identity of the second terminal device, so that the PO of the second terminal device is aligned with the PO of the first terminal device as much as possible, so that the second terminal device will not monitor the first terminal device because of monitoring the first terminal device.
  • the device wakes up at an extra time after paging, saving the power consumption of the second terminal device.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 1000 is, for example, the first terminal device 1000 .
  • the first terminal device 1000 is, for example, the first terminal device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
  • the first terminal device 1000 includes a sending module 1020 and a receiving module 1030 .
  • the first terminal device 1000 may further include a processing module 1010 .
  • the first terminal device 1000 may be a terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the terminal device or other combined devices, components, etc. having the functions of the above-mentioned first terminal device.
  • the sending module 1020 may be a transmitter, the transmitter may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the receiving module 1030 may be a receiver, and the receiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., wherein the transmission
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be different modules, or the transmitter and the receiver may be provided in the same functional module, which may be referred to as a transceiver
  • the processing module 1010 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as
  • the baseband processor may include one or more central processing units (CPUs).
  • the sending module 1020 may be a radio frequency unit, and the receiving module may also be a radio frequency unit, wherein the transmitter and the receiver may be different modules respectively, or, The transmitter and the receiver may be provided in the same functional module, the functional module may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1010 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor.
  • the sending module 1020 may be an output interface of a chip (eg, a baseband chip), and the receiving module 1030 may be an input interface of the chip (or, if the input interface and the output interface may be the same interface, then It is considered that the sending module 1020 and the receiving module 1030 are the same functional module, that is, the input and output interface of the chip), and the processing module 1010 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and the processor may include one or more central processing units .
  • a chip eg, a baseband chip
  • the receiving module 1030 may be an input interface of the chip (or, if the input interface and the output interface may be the same interface, then It is considered that the sending module 1020 and the receiving module 1030 are the same functional module, that is, the input and output interface of the chip)
  • the processing module 1010 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and the processor may include one or more central processing units .
  • processing module 1010 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component (or a processing circuit)
  • the receiving module 1030 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component
  • the sending module 1020 may be implemented by A transmitter or transmitter-related circuit component implementation.
  • the processing module 1010 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 except for the transceiving operation, for example, the operation of determining the magnitude relationship between the first cycle and the second cycle , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the sending module 1020 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, such as S502, S504 and S507, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module 1030 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, such as S501, S506 and S510, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the sending module 1020 and the receiving module 1030 may be a functional module, the functional module can complete both the sending operation and the receiving operation, the functional module can be called a transceiver module, for example, the transceiver module can be used to perform the All sending operations and receiving operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment, for example, when performing a sending operation, the transceiver module can be considered to be a sending module, and when performing a receiving operation, it can be considered that the transceiver module is a receiving module; or , the sending module 1020 and the receiving module 1030 can also be two functional modules, the transceiver module can also be regarded as a general term for these two functional modules, the sending module 1020 is used to complete the sending operation, for example, the sending module 1020 can be used to perform the operation shown in FIG.
  • the receiving module 1030 is used to complete the receiving operations, for example, the receiving module 1030 can be used to perform the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 performed by the first terminal device. All receive operations.
  • the receiving module 1030 is configured to receive a first identifier from a second terminal device, where the first identifier is an identifier of the second terminal device, wherein the second terminal device provides the first terminal device 1000 with the middle Following service, the first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device;
  • the sending module 1020 is configured to send a first message to the first core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the information of the first terminal device 1000 according to the first identifier.
  • the first core network device serves the first terminal device 1000;
  • the receiving module 1030 is further configured to receive a second identifier from the first core network device, where the second identifier is the updated identifier of the first terminal device 1000, and the second identifier is used to determine the first terminal device 1000 paging timing.
  • the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate the first range, and the first range is a value of the identifier of the first terminal device 1000 range, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
  • the receiving module 1030 is further configured to receive the first range information from the second terminal device.
  • the paging occasion determined according to the first identification is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification, or the paging occasion determined according to the first identification is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification
  • the time domain distance between the paging occasions determined by the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
  • the first message further includes a first cause value, where the first cause value is used to indicate that the first terminal device 1000 is a remote terminal device.
  • the receiving module 1030 is further configured to receive a first cycle from the second terminal device, where the first cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device;
  • the receiving module 1030 is further configured to send a second message to the second terminal device when the processing module 1010 determines that the length of the second period is less than the length of the first period, where the second message includes the second period , the second period is the DRX period of the first terminal device 1000 .
  • the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the length of the second cycle.
  • the second identifier is carried in the configuration update message, or carried in the registration complete message.
  • the sending module 1020 is further configured to send the second identifier to the second terminal device, where the second identifier is used for the second terminal device being the first terminal device 1000 Monitor paging.
  • the first identifier is a first value
  • the first value is a value of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the second terminal device, where mod Represents a modulo operation.
  • the sending module 1020 is further configured to send a request message to the access network device, where the request message is used to request to enter the RRC disconnected state;
  • the receiving module 1030 is further configured to receive a confirmation message from the access network device, where the confirmation message is used to instruct the first terminal device 1000 to enter the RRC disconnected state.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 1100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 1100 is, for example, the second terminal device 1100 .
  • the second terminal device 1100 is, for example, the second terminal device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
  • the second terminal device 1100 includes a sending module 1120 and a receiving module 1130 .
  • the second terminal device may further include a processing module 1110 .
  • the second terminal device 1100 may be a terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the terminal device or other combined devices, components, etc. having the functions of the above-mentioned second terminal device.
  • the sending module 1120 may be a transmitter, the transmitter may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., the receiving module 1130 may be a receiver, and the receiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., wherein the transmission
  • the transmitter and receiver may be separate modules, or the transmitter and receiver may be provided in the same functional module, which may be called a transceiver
  • the processing module 1110 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as Baseband processor.
  • the baseband processor may include one or more CPUs.
  • the sending module 1120 may be a radio frequency unit, and the receiving module may also be a radio frequency unit, wherein the transmitter and the receiver may be different modules respectively, or, The transmitter and the receiver may be provided in the same functional module, which may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1110 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor.
  • the sending module 1120 may be an output interface of a chip (eg, a baseband chip), and the receiving module 1130 may be an input interface of the chip (or, if the input interface and the output interface may be the same interface, then It is considered that the sending module 1120 and the receiving module 1130 are the same functional module, that is, the input and output interface of the chip), and the processing module 1110 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and the processor may include one or more central processing units .
  • a chip eg, a baseband chip
  • the receiving module 1130 may be an input interface of the chip (or, if the input interface and the output interface may be the same interface, then It is considered that the sending module 1120 and the receiving module 1130 are the same functional module, that is, the input and output interface of the chip)
  • the processing module 1110 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and the processor may include one or more central processing units .
  • processing module 1110 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component (or a processing circuit)
  • the receiving module 1130 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component
  • the sending module 1120 may be implemented by A transmitter or transmitter-related circuit component implementation.
  • the processing module 1110 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the second terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 except for the transceiving operations, such as S503 and S508, and/or to support the techniques described herein other processes.
  • the sending module 1120 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the second terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, such as S501, S503, S508 and S510, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein .
  • the receiving module 1130 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the second terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, such as S502, S503, S507, S508, and S509, and/or for supporting the techniques described herein. other processes.
  • the sending module 1120 is configured to send a first identifier to the first terminal device, where the first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device 1100, wherein the second terminal device 1100 provides relay services for the first terminal device , the first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device 1100;
  • a receiving module 1130 configured to receive a second identifier from the first terminal device, where the second identifier is the identifier of the first terminal device, and the second identifier is determined according to the first identifier, The second identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the first terminal device.
  • the sending module 1120 is further configured to send first range information to the first terminal device, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, and the first range is the The value range of the identity of the first terminal device, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identity and the paging occasion determined according to the second identity belongs.
  • the paging occasion determined according to the first identification is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification, or the paging occasion determined according to the first identification is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification
  • the time domain distance between the paging occasions determined by the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
  • a processing module 1110 configured to determine a paging occasion according to the second identifier
  • the receiving module 1130 is further configured to monitor paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion.
  • the sending module 1120 is further configured to send a first cycle to the first terminal device, where the first cycle is the cycle of the second terminal device 1100;
  • the receiving module 1130 is further configured to receive a second message from the first terminal device, where the second message includes a second cycle, the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second cycle is less than the length of the first period.
  • the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the length of the second cycle.
  • the processing module 1110 is further configured to negotiate the DRX cycle of the second terminal device 1100 with the second core network device, wherein the length of the negotiated DRX cycle of the second terminal device 1100 is the same as the length of the negotiated DRX cycle of the second terminal device 1100.
  • the length of the second period is the same, and the second core network device serves the second terminal device 1100 .
  • the first identifier is a first value
  • the first value is a value of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the second terminal device 1100, where mod represents Modulo operation.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 1200 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 1200 is, for example, the second terminal device 1200 .
  • the second terminal device 1200 includes a sending module 1220 and a receiving module 1230 .
  • the second terminal device 1200 further includes a processing module 1210 .
  • the second terminal device 1200 may be a terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the terminal device or other combined devices, components, etc. having the functions of the above-mentioned second terminal device.
  • the sending module 1220 may be a transmitter, the transmitter may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the receiving module 1230 may be a receiver, and the receiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., wherein the transmission
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be separate modules, or the transmitter and the receiver may be provided in the same functional module, which may be referred to as a transceiver
  • the processing module 1210 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as Baseband processor.
  • the baseband processor may include one or more CPUs.
  • the sending module 1220 may be a radio frequency unit, and the receiving module may also be a radio frequency unit, wherein the transmitter and the receiver may be different modules respectively, or, The transmitter and the receiver may be provided in the same functional module, the functional module may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1210 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor.
  • the sending module 1220 can be an output interface of a chip (eg, a baseband chip), and the receiving module 1230 can be an input interface of the chip (or, if the input interface and the output interface can be the same interface, then It is considered that the sending module 1220 and the receiving module 1230 are the same functional module, that is, the input and output interface of the chip), and the processing module 1210 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and the processor may include one or more central processing units .
  • a chip eg, a baseband chip
  • the receiving module 1230 can be an input interface of the chip (or, if the input interface and the output interface can be the same interface, then It is considered that the sending module 1220 and the receiving module 1230 are the same functional module, that is, the input and output interface of the chip)
  • the processing module 1210 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and the processor may include one or more central processing units .
  • processing module 1210 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component (or a processing circuit)
  • the receiving module 1230 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component
  • the sending module 1220 may be implemented by A transmitter or transmitter-related circuit component implementation.
  • the processing module 1210 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the second terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, such as S905, and/or other operations used to support the techniques described herein process.
  • the sending module 1220 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the second terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, such as S902, S905 and S907, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module 1230 can be used to perform all receiving operations performed by the second terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, such as S502, S503, S507, S901, S904, S905 and S906, and/or to support the Other procedures of the described techniques.
  • the receiving module 1230 is configured to receive a first identifier from a first terminal device, where the first identifier is an identifier of the first terminal device, and the first identifier is used to determine the location of the first terminal device. call time;
  • the sending module 1220 is configured to send a first message to the second core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the information of the second terminal device 1200 according to the first identifier.
  • the second core network device serves the second terminal device 1200;
  • the receiving module 1230 is further configured to receive a second identifier from the second core network device, where the second identifier is the updated identifier of the second terminal device 1200, and the second identifier is used to determine the second terminal device 1200 paging timing.
  • the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate the first range, and the first range is the value range of the second terminal device 1200, Or it is the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
  • the paging occasion determined according to the first identification is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification, or the paging occasion determined according to the first identification is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification
  • the time domain distance between the paging occasions determined by the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
  • the first message further includes a first cause value, where the first cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device is a relay terminal device.
  • the second identifier is carried in the configuration update message, or carried in the registration complete message.
  • the first identifier is a first value
  • the first value is a value of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the first terminal device, where mod Represents a modulo operation.
  • a processing module 1210 configured to determine a paging occasion according to the first identifier
  • the receiving module 1230 is further configured to monitor paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a terminal device or a circuit.
  • the communication apparatus may be configured to perform the actions performed by the terminal device (for example, the first device may be the terminal device) in the above method embodiments.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device.
  • the terminal device takes a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal device includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control terminal equipment, execute software programs, and process data of software programs.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal.
  • Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal equipment may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 13 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 13 . In an actual end device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device or the like.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the antenna and the radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function may be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal device (the transceiver unit may be a functional unit, and the function unit can realize the sending function and the receiving function; alternatively, the transceiver unit may also be It includes two functional units, namely a receiving unit capable of realizing a receiving function and a transmitting unit capable of realizing a transmitting function), and a processor with a processing function is regarded as a processing unit of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 13 , the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 1310 and a processing unit 1320 .
  • the transceiver unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and the like.
  • the processing unit may also be referred to as a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1310 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the transmitting function in the transceiver unit 1310 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1310 includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
  • the transceiver unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit.
  • the receiving unit may also sometimes be referred to as a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit, or the like.
  • the transmitting unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.
  • transceiver unit 1310 can be configured to perform the sending operation and the receiving operation on the side of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. Operations other than sending and receiving operations.
  • the transceiver unit 1310 may be configured to perform the sending operation and the receiving operation on the second terminal device side in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 5
  • the processing unit 1320 may be configured to perform the above-mentioned in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 except on the second terminal device Operations other than sending and receiving operations.
  • the transceiver unit 1310 may be configured to perform the sending operation and the receiving operation on the second terminal device side in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 9
  • the processing unit 1320 may be configured to perform the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 9 except on the second terminal device. Operations other than sending and receiving operations.
  • the device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit and/or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit may be an integrated processor, a microprocessor or an integrated circuit.
  • the device can perform functions similar to the processing module 1010 in FIG. 10 .
  • the processing module 1010 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the processor 1410 in FIG. 14, and perform corresponding functions;
  • the sending module 1020 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the transmitting data processor 1420 in FIG. 14, and perform the corresponding functions
  • the receiving module 1030 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the receiving data processor 1430 in FIG. 14, and perform corresponding functions.
  • the processing module 1110 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the processor 1410 in FIG.
  • the sending module 1120 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the transmission data processor 1420 in FIG. 14 and complete the corresponding function.
  • the receiving module 1130 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the receiving data processor 1430 in FIG. 14 , and perform corresponding functions.
  • the processing module 1210 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the processor 1410 in FIG. 14 and complete the corresponding functions;
  • the sending module 1220 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the transmission data processor 1420 in FIG. 14 and complete the corresponding function.
  • the receiving module 1230 in the above embodiment may be the receiving data processor 1430 in FIG. 14 , and perform corresponding functions.
  • the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 14 , it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a limitative description of this embodiment, but are only illustrative.
  • Fig. 15 shows another form of this embodiment.
  • the processing device 1500 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem.
  • the communication apparatus in this embodiment may serve as a modulation subsystem therein.
  • the modulation subsystem may include a processor 1503 and an interface 1504 .
  • the processor 1503 completes the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 1010, and the interface 1504 implements the functions of the above-mentioned sending module 1020 and receiving module 1030.
  • the processor 1503 implements the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 1110
  • the interface 1504 implements the functions of the above-mentioned transceiver module 1120 .
  • the processor 1503 implements the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 1210, and the interface 1504 implements the functions of the above-mentioned sending module 1220 and receiving module 1230.
  • the modulation subsystem includes a memory 1506, a processor 1503, and a program stored in the memory 1506 and executable on the processor. When the processor 1503 executes the program, the terminal device side in the above method embodiment is implemented. Methods. It should be noted that the memory 1506 can be non-volatile or volatile, and its location can be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 1500, as long as the memory 1506 can be connected to the The processor 1503 is sufficient.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center is by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access, or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes an integration of one or more available media.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disks (SSDs)), and the like.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, and alternatively, the general-purpose processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
  • a processor may also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in combination with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration. accomplish.
  • a software unit executed by a processor, or a combination of the two.
  • Software units can be stored in random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (ROM), EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or this In any other form of storage media in the field.
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EPROM EPROM memory
  • EEPROM memory EEPROM memory
  • registers hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or this
  • a storage medium may be coupled to the processor such that the processor may read information from, and store information in, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be integrated into the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium may be provided in the ASIC.
  • the above functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination of the three. If implemented in software, the functions may be stored on, or transmitted over, a computer-readable medium in the form of one or more instructions or code.
  • Computer-readable media includes computer storage media and communication media that facilitate the transfer of a computer program from one place to another. Storage media can be any available media that a general-purpose or special-purpose computer can access.
  • Such computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other device that can be used to carry or store instructions or data structures and Other media in the form of program code that can be read by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer, or a general-purpose or special-purpose processor.
  • any connection is properly defined as a computer-readable medium, for example, if software is transmitted from a website site, server or other remote source over a coaxial cable, fiber optic computer, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL) Or transmitted by wireless means such as infrared, wireless, and microwave are also included in the definition of computer-readable media.
  • DSL digital subscriber line
  • the discs and discs include compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs (DVDs), floppy discs and Blu-ray discs. Disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs usually use Lasers make optical copies of data. Combinations of the above can also be included in computer readable media.
  • Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • a storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.
  • Embodiment 1 a communication method, comprising:
  • the first terminal device receives the first identifier from the second terminal device, where the first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device, wherein the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, The first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device;
  • the first terminal device sends a first message to the first core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the first terminal device according to the first identifier , the first core network device serves the first terminal device;
  • the first terminal device receives a second identifier from the first core network device, where the second identifier is an updated identifier of the first terminal device, and the second identifier is used to determine the first terminal The paging timing of the device.
  • Embodiment 2 The method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, and the first range is the first terminal device The value range of the identifier, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
  • Embodiment 3 The method according to Embodiment 2, further comprising:
  • the first terminal device receives the first range information from the second terminal device.
  • Embodiment 4 According to the method according to Embodiment 2 or Embodiment 3, the paging occasion determined according to the first identification is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification, or, according to the first identification The time domain distance between the determined paging occasion and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
  • Embodiment 5 The method according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 4, wherein the first message further includes a first cause value, where the first cause value is used to indicate the first terminal device For the remote terminal equipment.
  • Embodiment 6 The method according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 5, the method further comprising:
  • the first terminal device sends a second message to the second terminal device, the second message includes the second cycle, the second The period is the DRX period of the first terminal device.
  • Embodiment 7 The method according to Embodiment 6, wherein the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the length of the second cycle.
  • Embodiment 9 The method according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 8, the method further comprising:
  • the first terminal device sends the second identification to the second terminal device, where the second identification is used for the second terminal device to monitor paging for the first terminal device.
  • Embodiment 10 The method according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 9, wherein the first identifier is a first value, and the first value is the 5G-S- of the second terminal device The value of TMSI mod 1024, where mod represents the modulo operation.
  • Embodiment 11 The method according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 10, the method further comprising:
  • the first terminal device sends a request message to the access network device, where the request message is used to request to enter the RRC disconnected state;
  • a confirmation message from the access network device is received, where the confirmation message is used to instruct the first terminal device to enter the RRC disconnected state.
  • Embodiment 12 a communication method, comprising:
  • the second terminal device sends a first identifier to the first terminal device, where the first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device, wherein the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, so The first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device;
  • the second terminal device receives a second identification from the first terminal device, the second identification is the identification of the first terminal device, and the second identification is determined according to the first identification, The second identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the first terminal device.
  • Embodiment 13 The method according to Embodiment 12, further comprising:
  • the second terminal device sends first range information to the first terminal device, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, and the first range is a value range of the identifier of the first terminal device , or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
  • Embodiment 14 According to the method according to Embodiment 12 or Embodiment 13, the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier, or, according to the first identifier The time domain distance between the determined paging occasion and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
  • Embodiment 15 The method according to any one of Embodiments 12 to 14, the method further comprising:
  • the second terminal device monitors paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion.
  • Embodiment 16 The method according to any one of Embodiments 12 to 14, the method further comprising:
  • the second terminal device receives a second message from the first terminal device, the second message includes a second cycle, the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second cycle is The length is less than the length of the first period.
  • Embodiment 17 The method according to Embodiment 16, wherein the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the length of the second cycle.
  • Embodiment 18 The method according to Embodiment 16 or Embodiment 17, further comprising:
  • the second terminal device negotiates the DRX cycle of the second terminal device with the second core network device, wherein the length of the negotiated DRX cycle of the second terminal device is the same as the length of the second cycle, so The second core network device serves the second terminal device.
  • Embodiment 19 The method according to any one of Embodiments 12 to 18, wherein the first identifier is a first value, and the first value is the 5G-S- of the second terminal device The value of TMSI mod 1024, where mod represents the modulo operation.
  • Embodiment 20 a communication method, comprising:
  • the second terminal device receives the first identifier from the first terminal device, the first identifier is the identifier of the first terminal device, and the first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the first terminal device;
  • the second terminal device sends a first message to the second core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the second terminal device according to the first identifier , the second core network device serves the second terminal device;
  • the second terminal device receives a second identifier from the second core network device, where the second identifier is an updated identifier of the second terminal device, and the second identifier is used to determine the second terminal The paging timing of the device.
  • Embodiment 21 The method according to Embodiment 20, wherein the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, and the first range is the first terminal device The value range of the identifier, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
  • the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier, or, according to the first identifier
  • the time domain distance between the determined paging occasion and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
  • Embodiment 23 The method according to any one of Embodiments 20 to 22, wherein the first message further includes a first cause value, where the first cause value is used to indicate the second terminal device For the relay terminal equipment.
  • Embodiment 24 The method according to any one of Embodiments 20 to 23, wherein the second identifier is carried in a configuration update message or in a registration complete message.
  • Embodiment 25 The method according to any one of Embodiments 20 to 24, wherein the first identifier is a first value, and the first value is the 5G-S- of the second terminal device The value of TMSI mod 1024, where mod represents the modulo operation.
  • Embodiment 26 The method according to any one of Embodiments 20 to 25, the method further comprising:
  • the second terminal device monitors paging for the second terminal device according to the paging occasion.
  • Embodiment 27 a communication device, comprising:
  • a receiving module configured to receive a first identifier from a second terminal device, where the first identifier is an identifier of the second terminal device, wherein the second terminal device provides a relay service for the communication apparatus, and the The first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device;
  • a sending module configured to send a first message to the first core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the identifier of the communication device according to the first identifier, the first core network equipment serves the communication device;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a second identifier from the first core network device, where the second identifier is the updated identifier of the communication device, and the second identifier is used to determine the identity of the communication device. paging timing.
  • Embodiment 28 The communication device according to Embodiment 27, wherein the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, and the first range is a range of the communication device.
  • Embodiment 29 The communication apparatus according to Embodiment 28, wherein the receiving module is further configured to receive the first range information from the second terminal device.
  • Embodiment 30 The communication device according to Embodiment 28 or Embodiment 29, the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier, or, according to the first The time domain distance between the paging occasion determined by the identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
  • Embodiment 31 The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 27 to 30, wherein the first message further includes a first cause value, where the first cause value is used to indicate that the communication apparatus is remote terminal equipment.
  • Embodiment 32 The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 27 to 31, the communication apparatus further comprising a processing module;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a first cycle from the second terminal device, where the first cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device;
  • the sending module is further configured to send a second message to the second terminal device when the processing module determines that the length of the second cycle is less than the length of the first cycle, where the second message includes the first cycle. Two cycles, the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the communication device.
  • Embodiment 33 The communication apparatus according to Embodiment 32, wherein the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the length of the second cycle.
  • Embodiment 34 The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 27 to 33, wherein the second identifier is carried in a configuration update message or in a registration complete message.
  • Embodiment 35 In the communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 27 to 34, the sending module is further configured to send the second identifier to the second terminal device, and the first The second identifier is used for the second terminal equipment to monitor paging for the communication device.
  • Embodiment 36 The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 27 to 35, wherein the first identifier is a first value, and the first value is the 5G-S of the second terminal device -The value of TMSI mod 1024, where mod represents the modulo operation.
  • Embodiment 37 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 27 to 36,
  • the sending module is further configured to send a request message to the access network device, where the request message is used to request to enter the RRC disconnected state;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive an acknowledgment message from an access network device, where the acknowledgment message is used to instruct the communication apparatus to enter the RRC disconnected state.
  • Embodiment 38 a communication device, comprising:
  • a sending module configured to send a first identification to a first terminal device, where the first identification is an identification of the communication device, wherein the communication device provides a relay service for the communication device, and the first identification is used for for determining the paging occasion of the communication device;
  • a receiving module configured to receive a second identification from the first terminal device, where the second identification is an identification of the first terminal device, and the second identification is determined according to the first identification, and the second identification is determined according to the first identification.
  • the second identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the first terminal device.
  • Embodiment 39 The communication apparatus according to Embodiment 38, wherein the sending module is further configured to send first range information to the first terminal device, where the first range information is used to indicate the first range, and the The first range is the value range of the identity of the first terminal device, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identity and the paging occasion determined according to the second identity belongs. Scope.
  • Embodiment 40 The communication device according to Embodiment 38 or Embodiment 39, the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier, or, according to the first The time domain distance between the paging occasion determined by the identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
  • Embodiment 41 The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 38 to 40, the communication apparatus further comprising a processing module;
  • the processing module configured to determine the paging occasion according to the second identifier
  • the receiving module is further configured to monitor paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion.
  • Embodiment 42 The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 38 to 40,
  • the sending module is further configured to send a first cycle to the first terminal device, where the first cycle is the cycle of the communication device;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a second message from the first terminal device, where the second message includes a second cycle, the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second The length of the period is less than the length of the first period.
  • Embodiment 43 The communication apparatus according to Embodiment 42, wherein the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the length of the second cycle.
  • Embodiment 44 The communication apparatus according to Embodiment 42 or Embodiment 43, the communication apparatus further includes a processing module, and the processing module is configured to negotiate a DRX cycle of the communication apparatus with a second core network device, wherein , the length of the negotiated DRX cycle of the communication device is the same as the length of the second cycle, and the second core network device serves the communication device.
  • Embodiment 45 The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 38 to 44, wherein the first identifier is a first value, and the first value is the 5G of the second terminal device The value of -S-TMSI mod 1024, where mod represents the modulo operation.
  • Embodiment 46 a communication device, comprising:
  • a receiving module configured to receive a first identifier from a first terminal device, where the first identifier is an identifier of the first terminal device, and the first identifier is used to determine a paging occasion of the first terminal device;
  • a sending module configured to send a first message to the second core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the identifier of the communication device according to the first identifier, the second core network equipment serves the communication device;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a second identifier from the second core network device, where the second identifier is the updated identifier of the communication device, and the second identifier is used to determine the identity of the communication device. paging timing.
  • Embodiment 47 The communication apparatus according to Embodiment 46, wherein the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, and the first range is the first terminal The value range of the identification of the device, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identification and the paging occasion determined according to the second identification belongs.
  • Embodiment 48 The communication device according to Embodiment 46 or Embodiment 47, the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier, or, according to the first The time domain distance between the paging occasion determined by the identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
  • Embodiment 49 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 46 to 48, wherein the first message further includes a first cause value, where the first cause value is used to indicate that the communication device is Relay terminal equipment.
  • Embodiment 50 The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 46 to 49, wherein the second identifier is carried in a configuration update message or in a registration complete message.
  • Embodiment 51 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 46 to 50, wherein the first identifier is a first value, and the first value is a 5G-S of the communication device -The value of TMSI mod 1024, where mod represents the modulo operation.
  • Embodiment 52 The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 46 to 51, the communication apparatus further comprising a processing module;
  • the processing module configured to determine the paging occasion according to the second identifier
  • the receiving module is further configured to monitor paging for the second terminal device according to the paging occasion.
  • Embodiment 53 A communication apparatus, wherein the communication apparatus comprises a processor and a transceiver (or, a transmitter and a processor), the processor and the transceiver (or, a transmitter and a processor) being coupled , can execute the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, or execute the method described in any one of Embodiments 12 to 19, or execute the method described in any one of Embodiments 20 to 19. The method of any one of Embodiments 26.
  • Embodiment 54 A chip, which includes a processor, and when the processor executes an instruction, the processor is configured to execute the method described in any one of the foregoing Embodiments 1 to 11, or to execute any of the methods described in the above embodiments.
  • the instruction can come from memory inside the chip or from memory outside the chip.
  • the chip further includes an input and output circuit.
  • Embodiment 55 A communication system, wherein the communication system includes the communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 27 to 37, and any one of Embodiments 38 to 45 said communication device.
  • Embodiment 56 a communication system, wherein the communication system includes the communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 46 to 52.
  • Embodiment 57 A computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer is made to perform the steps as in Embodiment 1 to Embodiment 1. 11, or perform the method as described in any one of Embodiments 12 to 19, or perform the method as described in any one of Embodiments 20 to 26 method described.
  • Embodiment 58 A computer program product, where the computer program product is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement any of the embodiments described in Embodiment 1 to Embodiment 11. method, or implement the method as described in any one of Embodiments 12 to 19, or implement the method as described in any one of Embodiments 20 to 26.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to a communication method and apparatus. The method comprises: a first terminal device receiving a first identifier, wherein the first identifier is an identifier of a second terminal device, the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the first identifier is used for determining a paging occasion of the second terminal device; the first terminal device sending a first message to a first core network device, wherein the first message comprises a first identifier, and the first message is used for requesting to update an identifier of the first terminal device according to the first identifier; and the first terminal device receiving a second identifier from the first core network device, wherein the second identifier is the updated identifier of the first terminal device, and the second identifier is used for determining a paging occasion of the first terminal device. By means of implementing the present application, a paging occasion of a first terminal device can be aligned with a paging occasion of a second terminal device to the greatest possible extent, such that the second terminal device does not wake up again at an additional time due to same monitoring the paging of the first terminal device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the second terminal device.

Description

一种通信方法及装置A communication method and device
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请要求在2020年07月24日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202010725935.1、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202010725935.1 and the application title "a communication method and device" filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on July 24, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated into this application by reference middle.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method and apparatus.
背景技术Background technique
目前,终端设备除了可以直接与基站通信之外,还可以通过其他终端设备与基站通信。例如,在公共安全(public safety)的场景下,中继(relay)终端设备可以作为远端(remote)终端设备的中继,使得远端终端设备能够通过中继终端设备与基站通信,这种技术称为用户设备到网络中继(UE to network relay,UE2NW relay)技术。At present, in addition to communicating with the base station directly, the terminal equipment can also communicate with the base station through other terminal equipment. For example, in a public safety scenario, a relay terminal device can act as a relay for a remote terminal device, so that the remote terminal device can communicate with the base station through the relay terminal device. The technology is called user equipment to network relay (UE to network relay, UE2NW relay) technology.
在这种技术下,远端终端设备可以通过中继终端设备接收来自网络的寻呼(paging)。具体的,中继终端设备除了监听中继终端设备的寻呼之外,还为远端终端设备监听寻呼,并将远端终端设备的寻呼发送给远端终端设备。Under this technique, the remote terminal equipment can receive paging from the network through the relay terminal equipment. Specifically, in addition to monitoring the paging of the relay terminal device, the relay terminal device also monitors the paging for the remote terminal device, and sends the paging of the remote terminal device to the remote terminal device.
中继终端设备为了监听远端终端设备的寻呼,需要在远端终端设备的寻呼时机(paging occasion,PO)上监听。而中继终端设备与远端终端设备的PO可能是不同的,因此中继终端设备需要在除了中继终端设备的PO之外的额外的时间内醒来监听远端终端设备的寻呼,这增加了中继终端设备的功耗。In order to monitor the paging of the remote terminal device, the relay terminal device needs to monitor on the paging occasion (PO) of the remote terminal device. However, the PO of the relay terminal device and the remote terminal device may be different, so the relay terminal device needs to wake up and monitor the paging of the remote terminal device in an extra time besides the PO of the relay terminal device. Increased power consumption of relay terminal equipment.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置,用于减小终端设备的功耗。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and apparatus for reducing power consumption of a terminal device.
第一方面,提供第一种通信方法,该方法包括:第一终端设备接收来自第二终端设备的第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第二终端设备的标识,其中,所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务,所述第一标识用于确定所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机;所述第一终端设备向第一核心网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一标识,所述第一消息用于请求根据所述第一标识更新所述第一终端设备的标识,所述第一核心网设备服务于所述第一终端设备;所述第一终端设备接收来自所述第一核心网设备的第二标识,所述第二标识为更新的所述第一终端设备的标识,所述第二标识用于确定所述第一终端设备的寻呼时机。A first aspect provides a first communication method, the method comprising: a first terminal device receiving a first identifier from a second terminal device, where the first identifier is an identifier of the second terminal device, wherein the first The second terminal device provides relay services for the first terminal device, and the first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device; the first terminal device sends a first message to the first core network device , the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the identifier of the first terminal device according to the first identifier, and the first core network device serves the first A terminal device; the first terminal device receives a second identifier from the first core network device, where the second identifier is an updated identifier of the first terminal device, and the second identifier is used to determine the The paging occasion of the first terminal device.
该方法可由第一通信装置执行,第一通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片。示例性地,所述第一通信装置为终端设备,或者为设置在终端设备中的用于实现终端设备的功能的芯片,或者为用于实现终端设备的功能的其他部件。在下文的介绍过程中,以第一通信装置是终端设备为例,例如为第一终端设备。The method may be performed by a first communication apparatus, and the first communication apparatus may be a communication apparatus or a communication apparatus, such as a chip, capable of supporting the functions required by the communication apparatus to implement the method. Exemplarily, the first communication apparatus is a terminal device, or a chip provided in the terminal device for implementing the function of the terminal device, or other components for implementing the function of the terminal device. In the following introduction process, it is assumed that the first communication apparatus is a terminal device, for example, a first terminal device.
一个终端设备的PO,与该终端设备的标识有关,如果两个终端设备的标识不同,则这两个终端设备的PO就可能不同。为此在本申请实施例中,第一终端设备可以请求第一核心网设备更新第一终端设备的标识,因为第一核心网设备是根据第二终端设备的标识(例如,第一标识)来更新第一终端设备的标识,则根据更新后的第一终端设备的标识(例如,第二标识)确定的寻呼时机,与根据第一标识确定的寻呼时机,可能相同,或者也可能在时域上较为接近等。如果这两个寻呼时机相同,则第二终端设备可以在同一个寻呼时机既监听第一终端设备的寻呼也监听第二终端设备的寻呼,无需在额外的寻呼时机进行监听,有助于减小第二终端设备的功耗;或者,如果这两个寻呼时机在时域上较为接近,则第二终端设备在监听完其中一个终端设备的寻呼后,可以不必进入休眠状态,而是等另一个终端设备的寻呼监听完毕后再进入休眠状态,由于两个终端设备的寻呼时机在时域上较为接近,因此第二终端设备的这种等待所带来的功耗,可以小于第二终端设备休眠后再醒来所带来的功耗,因此,这也能减小第二终端设备的功耗。The PO of a terminal device is related to the identification of the terminal device. If the identifications of two terminal devices are different, the POs of the two terminal devices may be different. For this reason, in this embodiment of the present application, the first terminal device may request the first core network device to update the identity of the first terminal device, because the first core network device obtains information based on the identity of the second terminal device (for example, the first identity) If the identity of the first terminal device is updated, the paging occasion determined according to the updated identity of the first terminal device (for example, the second identity) may be the same as the paging occasion determined according to the first identity, or it may be are relatively close in time domain. If the two paging occasions are the same, the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device at the same paging occasion, without monitoring at additional paging occasions, Helps to reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device; or, if the two paging occasions are relatively close in the time domain, the second terminal device does not need to go to sleep after monitoring the paging of one of the terminal devices state, but to enter the sleep state after the paging monitoring of the other terminal equipment is completed. Since the paging timings of the two terminal equipments are relatively close in the time domain, the function brought by this waiting of the second terminal equipment The power consumption can be smaller than the power consumption caused by waking up after the second terminal device sleeps. Therefore, this can also reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于指示第一范围,所述第一范围为所述第一终端设备的标识的取值范围,或为根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离所属的范围。With reference to the first aspect, in a first optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, the first range is the value range of the identity of the first terminal device, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identity and the paging occasion determined according to the second identity belongs.
对于一个终端设备来说,如果需要在某个PO监听寻呼,则该终端设备会在该PO醒来并监听寻呼。但该终端设备可能并不会在该PO结束时就立刻进入休眠状态,例如该终端设备在醒来后还可以进行其他操作,例如测量参考信号等,因此该终端设备可能在该PO结束后还会持续工作一段时间再进入休眠。因此,第一终端设备可以将第一范围信息发送给第一核心网设备,第一范围信息可指示第一范围,第一范围例如为第一终端设备的标识(这里是指,第一核心网设备待分配的标识)的取值范围,如果第一终端设备的标识属于第一范围,那么根据第一终端设备的标识所确定的寻呼时机就会位于第二终端设备醒来的时间内,例如第一标识可以属于第一范围;或者,第一范围例如为根据第一标识确定的PO和根据第一终端设备的标识(这里是指,第一核心网设备待分配的标识)确定的PO之间的时域距离所属的范围,如果这两个PO的时域距离属于该范围,那么第一终端设备的PO也就会位于第二终端设备醒来的时间内。那么,第一核心网设备可根据第一标识和第一范围来为第一终端设备分配新的标识,这样可以使得在选择新的标识时的选择范围更大,分配更为灵活。For a terminal device, if it needs to monitor paging at a certain PO, the terminal device will wake up at the PO and monitor the paging. However, the terminal device may not enter the sleep state immediately after the PO ends. For example, the terminal device can perform other operations after waking up, such as measuring reference signals, etc. It will continue to work for a period of time and then go to sleep. Therefore, the first terminal device may send the first range information to the first core network device, where the first range information may indicate the first range, and the first range is, for example, the identifier of the first terminal device (here, the first core network The value range of the identification to be allocated by the equipment), if the identification of the first terminal equipment belongs to the first range, then the paging occasion determined according to the identification of the first terminal equipment will be located within the time when the second terminal equipment wakes up, For example, the first identification may belong to the first scope; or, the first scope is, for example, the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the first terminal device (here, the identification to be allocated by the first core network device) If the time domain distance between the two POs belongs to this range, the PO of the first terminal device will also be within the time when the second terminal device wakes up. Then, the first core network device can allocate a new identity to the first terminal device according to the first identity and the first range, which can make the selection range larger and the allocation more flexible when selecting the new identity.
结合第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式,在第一方面的第二种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the first optional implementation manner of the first aspect, in the second optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes:
所述第一终端设备接收来自所述第二终端设备的所述第一范围信息。The first terminal device receives the first range information from the second terminal device.
第二终端设备醒来的时间,第二终端设备是知道的,因此第一范围可以由第二终端设备确定,可以使得第一范围更为符合第二终端设备的实际工作情况。第二终端设备确定第一范围信息后可将第一范围信息发送给第一终端设备,从而第一终端设备可以再将第一范围信息发送给第一核心网设备。The second terminal device knows the time when the second terminal device wakes up, so the first range can be determined by the second terminal device, which can make the first range more in line with the actual working conditions of the second terminal device. After determining the first range information, the second terminal device can send the first range information to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can then send the first range information to the first core network device.
结合第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式或第一方面的第二种可选的实施方式,在第一方面的第三种可选的实施方式中,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机相同,或,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于第一阈值。In combination with the first optional implementation manner of the first aspect or the second optional implementation manner of the first aspect, in the third optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the The paging occasion is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identification and the paging occasion determined according to the second identification is smaller than the a threshold.
例如,第二标识对应的UE_ID如果与第一标识对应的UE_ID相同,则根据第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据第二标识确定的寻呼时机就可以相同,那么,第二终端设备可以在同一寻呼时机内既监听第二终端设备的寻呼,也监听第一终端设备的寻呼,无需在额外的时间醒来为第一终端设备监听寻呼,能够减小第二终端设备的功耗。或者,虽然第一标识对应的UE_ID与第一标识对应的UE_ID不同,但第二标识属于第一范围,或者,根据第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离属于第一范围(或者说,第一核心网设备是按照第一范围和第一标识确定的第二标识),那么,第二终端设备只需醒来一次,就能为两个终端设备监听寻呼,无需分别醒来多次以监听寻呼,通过这种方式也能减小第二终端设备的功耗。For example, if the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the first identifier, then the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier may be the same, then the second terminal device can In the same paging occasion, both the paging of the second terminal device and the paging of the first terminal device are monitored, and there is no need to wake up at an extra time to monitor the paging for the first terminal device, which can reduce the function of the second terminal device. consumption. Or, although the UE_ID corresponding to the first identifier is different from the UE_ID corresponding to the first identifier, the second identifier belongs to the first range, or, there is a difference between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier The time-domain distance belongs to the first range (or in other words, the first core network device is the second identifier determined according to the first range and the first identifier), then the second terminal device only needs to wake up once to be able to The terminal device monitors the paging, and does not need to wake up multiple times to monitor the paging, which can also reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第一方面的第三种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第一方面的第四种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括第一原因值,所述第一原因值用于指示所述第一终端设备为远端终端设备。In combination with the first aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the first aspect to the third optional embodiment of the first aspect, the fourth optional embodiment of the first aspect In an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes a first cause value, and the first cause value is used to indicate that the first terminal device is a remote terminal device.
第一消息还可以包括第一原因值,第一原因值可以指示第一终端设备为远端终端设备,或者说,指示第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务,因此第一终端设备需要根据第二终端设备的标识(即,第一标识)来设置第一终端设备的标识。通过这种方式,使得第一核心网设备能够明确为第一终端设备更新标识的原因。The first message may also include a first cause value, and the first cause value may indicate that the first terminal device is a remote terminal device, or in other words, instruct the second terminal device to provide relay services for the first terminal device, so the first terminal device The identity of the first terminal device needs to be set according to the identity of the second terminal device (ie, the first identity). In this way, the first core network device can specify the reason for updating the identification for the first terminal device.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第一方面的第四种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第一方面的第五种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In combination with the first aspect or any optional embodiment from the first optional embodiment of the first aspect to the fourth optional embodiment of the first aspect, in the fifth optional embodiment of the first aspect In selected embodiments, the method further comprises:
所述第一终端设备接收来自所述第二终端设备的第一周期,所述第一周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期;receiving, by the first terminal device, a first cycle from the second terminal device, where the first cycle is a DRX cycle of the second terminal device;
当第二周期的长度小于所述第一周期的长度时,所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述第二周期,所述第二周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期。When the length of the second cycle is less than the length of the first cycle, the first terminal device sends a second message to the second terminal device, the second message includes the second cycle, the second The period is the DRX period of the first terminal device.
第一终端设备如果接收了第一周期,那么第一终端设备可以确定第二周期和第一周期的大小关系,第二周期是第一终端设备的DRX周期。如果第二周期大于或等于第一周期,那么,第二终端设备无需知道第一终端设备的DRX周期,第二终端设备只要按照第一周期来监听寻呼,就能监听到第一终端设备的寻呼,因此在这种情况下,第一终端设备可以不将第一终端设备的DRX周期(即,第二DRX周期)发送给第二终端设备。或者,如果第二周期小于第一周期,即,远端终端设备的DRX周期小于中继终端设备的DRX周期,在这种情况下,第二终端设备如果不知道第一终端设备的DRX周期,而是按照第一周期来为第一终端设备监听寻呼,就可能会错过一些寻呼。例如,第一周期是1.28秒,第二周期是640毫秒,核心网设备是按照640毫秒的间隔寻呼第一终端设备,如果第二终端设备是每隔1.28秒才监听,那么就可能会错过第一终端设备的寻呼。因此,如果第二周期小于第一周期,第一终端设备就可以向第二终端设备发送第二周期,以减小第二终端设备错过第一终端设备的寻呼的概率。If the first terminal device receives the first cycle, the first terminal device may determine the magnitude relationship between the second cycle and the first cycle, where the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device. If the second period is greater than or equal to the first period, then the second terminal equipment does not need to know the DRX period of the first terminal equipment. paging, so in this case, the first terminal device may not send the DRX cycle of the first terminal device (ie, the second DRX cycle) to the second terminal device. Or, if the second period is less than the first period, that is, the DRX period of the remote terminal equipment is less than the DRX period of the relay terminal equipment, in this case, if the second terminal equipment does not know the DRX period of the first terminal equipment, Instead, the paging is monitored for the first terminal device according to the first cycle, and some paging may be missed. For example, the first period is 1.28 seconds, the second period is 640 milliseconds, and the core network device pages the first terminal device at an interval of 640 milliseconds. If the second terminal device listens every 1.28 seconds, it may miss Paging of the first terminal device. Therefore, if the second period is smaller than the first period, the first terminal device may send the second period to the second terminal device to reduce the probability that the second terminal device misses the paging of the first terminal device.
结合第一方面的第五种可选的实施方式,在第一方面的第六种可选的实施方式中,所述第二消息还用于指示将DRX周期的长度修改为所述第二周期的长度。With reference to the fifth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, in the sixth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the second cycle length.
第二消息还可以指示将DRX周期的长度修改为第二周期的长度,那么第二终端设备可以与第二核心网设备协商,以更改第二终端设备的DRX周期。从而第二终端设备按照 同一DRX周期,既可以监听第二终端设备的寻呼,也可以监听第一终端设备的寻呼,无需按照多种DRX周期工作,有助于统一第二终端设备的行为。The second message may further instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the length of the second cycle, then the second terminal device may negotiate with the second core network device to change the DRX cycle of the second terminal device. Therefore, the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the second terminal device and the paging of the first terminal device according to the same DRX cycle, and does not need to work according to multiple DRX cycles, which helps to unify the behavior of the second terminal device. .
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第一方面的第六种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第一方面的第七种可选的实施方式中,所述第二标识承载在配置更新消息中,或承载在注册完成消息中。In combination with the first aspect or any optional embodiment from the first optional embodiment of the first aspect to the sixth optional embodiment of the first aspect, in the seventh optional embodiment of the first aspect In an optional implementation manner, the second identifier is carried in a configuration update message, or in a registration complete message.
第一核心网设备向第一终端设备发送第二标识,可通过不同的消息发送。例如,第一终端设备事先向第一核心网设备发送了注册请求消息(例如,第一消息为注册请求消息),那么第一核心网设备可以将第二标识承载在注册完成消息中发送给第一终端设备。或者,无论第一终端设备事先是否向第一核心网设备发送了注册请求消息,第一核心网设备都可以将第二标识承载在配置更新消息中发送给第一终端设备。或者,第一核心网设备还可以通过其他消息将第二标识发送给第一终端设备。The first core network device sends the second identifier to the first terminal device, which may be sent through a different message. For example, if the first terminal device sends a registration request message to the first core network device in advance (for example, the first message is a registration request message), then the first core network device may carry the second identifier in the registration completion message and send it to the first core network device. a terminal device. Alternatively, regardless of whether the first terminal device has sent a registration request message to the first core network device in advance, the first core network device may send the second identifier carried in the configuration update message to the first terminal device. Alternatively, the first core network device may also send the second identifier to the first terminal device through other messages.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第一方面的第七种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第一方面的第八种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In combination with the first aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the first aspect to the seventh optional embodiment of the first aspect, in the eighth optional embodiment of the first aspect In selected embodiments, the method further comprises:
所述第一终端设备将所述第二标识发送给所述第二终端设备,所述第二标识用于所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备监听寻呼。The first terminal device sends the second identification to the second terminal device, where the second identification is used for the second terminal device to monitor paging for the first terminal device.
第一终端设备在获得第二标识后,可以将第二标识发送给第二终端设备。这样,第二终端设备在为第一终端设备监听寻呼时,如果监听到寻呼消息,可以确定该寻呼消息是否包括了第二标识,如果包括第二标识,表明第一终端设备被寻呼,则第二终端设备再将该寻呼消息发送给第一终端设备,而如果该寻呼消息不包括第二标识,表明第一终端设备未被寻呼,则第二终端设备可以不必将该寻呼消息发送给第一终端设备,例如第二终端设备可以丢弃该寻呼消息。通过这种方式,可以减少第二终端设备与第一终端设备之间的信息交互,节省传输开销,也能减少第一终端设备接收的冗余信息,提高第一终端设备接收的信息的有效性。After obtaining the second identification, the first terminal device may send the second identification to the second terminal device. In this way, when the second terminal device monitors paging for the first terminal device, if it monitors a paging message, it can determine whether the paging message includes the second identifier, and if it includes the second identifier, it indicates that the first terminal device is being paged If the paging message does not include the second identifier, indicating that the first terminal device is not paged, the second terminal device does not need to send the paging message to the first terminal device. The paging message is sent to the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device can discard the paging message. In this way, information interaction between the second terminal device and the first terminal device can be reduced, transmission overhead can be saved, redundant information received by the first terminal device can also be reduced, and the validity of the information received by the first terminal device can be improved. .
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第一方面的第八种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第一方面的第九种可选的实施方式中,所述第一标识为第一取值,所述第一取值为所述第二终端设备的(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024)的取值,其中,mod表示取模操作。In combination with the first aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the first aspect to the eighth optional embodiment of the first aspect, in the ninth optional embodiment of the first aspect In the selected embodiment, the first identifier is the first value, and the first value is the value of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the second terminal device, wherein mod represents the modulo operate.
第一标识可以是第二终端设备的(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024),或者,第一标识也可以是第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI等,只要根据第一标识能够确定第二终端设备的寻呼时机即可。The first identification may be the (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the second terminal device, or the first identification may also be the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device, etc., as long as the second terminal can be determined according to the first identification The paging time of the device is sufficient.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第一方面的第九种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第一方面的第十种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In combination with the first aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the first aspect to the ninth optional embodiment of the first aspect, in the tenth optional embodiment of the first aspect In selected embodiments, the method further comprises:
第一终端设备向接入网设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求进入RRC非连接态;The first terminal device sends a request message to the access network device, where the request message is used to request to enter the RRC disconnected state;
接收来自接入网设备的确认消息,所述确认消息用于指示第一终端设备进入RRC非连接态。A confirmation message from the access network device is received, where the confirmation message is used to instruct the first terminal device to enter the RRC disconnected state.
RRC非连接态例如为RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态。监听寻呼一般是在终端设备处于RRC非连接态时会有的动作,因此第一终端设备可以进入RRC非连接态,从而第二终端设备能够为第一终端设备监听寻呼。The RRC disconnected state is, for example, an RRC idle state or an RRC inactive state. Monitoring paging is generally an action when the terminal device is in the RRC disconnected state, so the first terminal device can enter the RRC disconnected state, so that the second terminal device can monitor the paging for the first terminal device.
第二方面,提供第二种通信方法,该方法包括:第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第二终端设备的标识,其中,所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务,所述第一标识用于确定所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机;所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的第二标识,所述第二标识为所述第一终端设备的标识,且所述第二标识是根据所述第一标识确定的,所述第二标识用于确定所述第一终端设备的寻呼时机。In a second aspect, a second communication method is provided, the method comprising: a second terminal device sending a first identifier to a first terminal device, where the first identifier is an identifier of the second terminal device, wherein the second terminal device The terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, and the first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device; the second terminal device receives the second terminal device from the first terminal device. ID, the second ID is the ID of the first terminal device, and the second ID is determined according to the first ID, and the second ID is used to determine the paging of the first terminal device opportunity.
该方法可由第二通信装置执行,第二通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片。示例性地,所述第二通信装置为终端设备,或者为设置在终端设备中的用于实现终端设备的功能的芯片,或者为用于实现终端设备的功能的其他部件。在下文的介绍过程中,以第二通信装置是终端设备为例,例如为第二终端设备。The method may be performed by a second communication apparatus, and the second communication apparatus may be a communication apparatus or a communication apparatus, such as a chip, capable of supporting the functions required by the communication apparatus to implement the method. Exemplarily, the second communication apparatus is a terminal device, or a chip provided in the terminal device for implementing the function of the terminal device, or other components for implementing the function of the terminal device. In the following introduction process, the second communication apparatus is taken as an example of a terminal device, for example, a second terminal device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In conjunction with the second aspect, in a first optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes:
所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于指示第一范围,所述第一范围为所述第一终端设备的标识的取值范围,或为根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离所属的范围。The second terminal device sends first range information to the first terminal device, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, and the first range is a value range of the identifier of the first terminal device , or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式,在第二方面的第二种可选的实施方式中,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机相同,或,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于第一阈值。With reference to the second aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the second aspect, in the second optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier is different from the paging occasion determined according to the second aspect. The paging occasions determined by the identifiers are the same, or the time domain distance between the paging occasions determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasions determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式或第二方面的第二种可选的实施方式,在第二方面的第三种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In combination with the second aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the second aspect or the second optional implementation manner of the second aspect, in the third optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further include:
所述第二终端设备根据所述第二标识确定寻呼时机;determining, by the second terminal device, a paging occasion according to the second identifier;
所述第二终端设备按照所述寻呼时机为所述第一终端设备监听寻呼。The second terminal device monitors paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第二方面的第三种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第二方面的第四种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In combination with the second aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the second aspect to the third optional embodiment of the second aspect, the fourth optional embodiment of the second aspect In selected embodiments, the method further comprises:
所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送第一周期,所述第一周期为所述第二终端设备的周期;sending, by the second terminal device, a first cycle to the first terminal device, where the first cycle is the cycle of the second terminal device;
所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的第二消息,第二消息包括第二周期,所述第二周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期,且所述第二周期的长度小于所述第一周期的长度。The second terminal device receives a second message from the first terminal device, the second message includes a second cycle, the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second cycle is The length is less than the length of the first period.
结合第二方面的第四种可选的实施方式,在第二方面的第五种可选的实施方式中,所述第二消息还用于指示将DRX周期的长度修改为所述第二周期的长度。With reference to the fourth optional implementation manner of the second aspect, in the fifth optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the second cycle length.
结合第二方面的第四种可选的实施方式或第二方面的第五种可选的实施方式,在第二方面的第六种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In conjunction with the fourth optional implementation manner of the second aspect or the fifth optional implementation manner of the second aspect, in the sixth optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes:
所述第二终端设备与第二核心网设备协商所述第二终端设备的DRX周期,其中,协商后的所述第二终端设备的DRX周期的长度与所述第二周期的长度相同,所述第二核心网设备服务于所述第二终端设备。The second terminal device negotiates the DRX cycle of the second terminal device with the second core network device, wherein the length of the negotiated DRX cycle of the second terminal device is the same as the length of the second cycle, so The second core network device serves the second terminal device.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第二方面的第六种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第二方面的第七种可选的实施方式中,所述第一标识 为第一取值,所述第一取值为所述第二终端设备的(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024)的取值,其中,mod表示取模操作。In combination with the second aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the second aspect to the sixth optional embodiment of the second aspect, in the seventh optional embodiment of the second aspect In the selected embodiment, the first identifier is the first value, and the first value is the value of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the second terminal device, wherein mod represents the modulo operate.
关于第二方面或第二方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第一方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought by the second aspect or various optional implementations of the second aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the first aspect or corresponding implementations.
第三方面,提供第三种通信方法,该方法包括:第二终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第一终端设备的标识,所述第一标识用于确定所述第一终端设备的寻呼时机;所述第二终端设备向第二核心网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一标识,所述第一消息用于请求根据所述第一标识更新所述第二终端设备的标识,所述第二核心网设备服务于所述第二终端设备;所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第二核心网设备的第二标识,所述第二标识为更新的所述第二终端设备的标识,所述第二标识用于确定所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机。In a third aspect, a third communication method is provided, the method comprising: a second terminal device receiving a first identification from a first terminal device, where the first identification is an identification of the first terminal device, the first identification used to determine the paging occasion of the first terminal device; the second terminal device sends a first message to the second core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used for Request to update the identification of the second terminal device according to the first identification, the second core network device serves the second terminal device; the second terminal device receives the first information from the second core network device Two identifiers, the second identifier is the updated identifier of the second terminal device, and the second identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device.
该方法可由第三通信装置执行,第三通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片。示例性地,所述第三通信装置为终端设备,或者为设置在终端设备中的用于实现终端设备的功能的芯片,或者为用于实现终端设备的功能的其他部件。在下文的介绍过程中,以第三通信装置是终端设备为例,例如为第二终端设备。The method may be performed by a third communication apparatus, and the third communication apparatus may be a communication apparatus or a communication apparatus, such as a chip, capable of supporting the functions required by the communication apparatus to implement the method. Exemplarily, the third communication apparatus is a terminal device, or a chip provided in the terminal device for implementing the function of the terminal device, or other components for implementing the function of the terminal device. In the following introduction process, it is assumed that the third communication apparatus is a terminal device, for example, a second terminal device.
在本申请实施例中,第二终端设备(中继终端设备)可以请求第二核心网设备更新第二终端设备的标识,因为第二核心网设备是根据第一终端设备的标识(例如,第一标识)来更新第二终端设备的标识,则根据更新后的第二终端设备的标识(例如,第二标识)确定的寻呼时机,与根据第一标识确定的寻呼时机,可能相同,或者也可能在时域上较为接近等。如果这两个寻呼时机相同,则第二终端设备可以在同一个寻呼时机既监听第一终端设备的寻呼也监听第二终端设备的寻呼,无需在额外的寻呼时机进行监听,有助于减小第二终端设备的功耗;或者,如果这两个寻呼时机在时域上较为接近,则第二终端设备在监听完其中一个终端设备的寻呼后,可以不必进入休眠状态,而是等另一个终端设备的寻呼监听完毕后再进入休眠状态,由于两个终端设备的寻呼时机在时域上较为接近,因此第二终端设备的这种等待所带来的功耗,可以小于第二终端设备休眠后再醒来所带来的功耗,因此,这也能减小第二终端设备的功耗。可见,在本申请实施例中,既可以由远端终端设备更新标识,也可以由中继终端设备更新标识,方式较为灵活。In this embodiment of the present application, the second terminal device (relay terminal device) may request the second core network device to update the identification of the second terminal device, because the second core network device is based on the identification of the first terminal device (for example, the first an identity) to update the identity of the second terminal device, then the paging occasion determined according to the updated identity of the second terminal device (for example, the second identity) may be the same as the paging occasion determined according to the first identity, Or it may be closer in the time domain, etc. If the two paging occasions are the same, the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device at the same paging occasion, without monitoring at additional paging occasions, Helps to reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device; or, if the two paging occasions are relatively close in the time domain, the second terminal device does not need to go to sleep after monitoring the paging of one of the terminal devices state, but to enter the sleep state after the paging monitoring of the other terminal equipment is completed. Since the paging timings of the two terminal equipments are relatively close in the time domain, the function brought by this waiting of the second terminal equipment The power consumption can be smaller than the power consumption caused by waking up after the second terminal device sleeps. Therefore, this can also reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device. It can be seen that, in the embodiment of the present application, the identifier can be updated by the remote terminal device or the identifier can be updated by the relay terminal device, and the manner is relatively flexible.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于指示第一范围,所述第一范围为所述第二终端设备的标识的取值范围,或为根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离所属的范围。With reference to the third aspect, in a first optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, the first range is the value range of the identifier of the second terminal device, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
对于一个终端设备来说,如果需要在某个PO监听寻呼,则该终端设备会在该PO醒来并监听寻呼。但该终端设备可能并不会在该PO结束时就立刻进入休眠状态,例如该终端设备在醒来后还可以进行其他操作,例如测量参考信号等,因此该终端设备可能在该PO结束后还会持续工作一段时间再进入休眠。第二终端设备醒来的时间,第二终端设备是知道的,因此,作为一种可选的实施方式,第二终端设备可以确定一个范围,例如称为第一范围,并可以将第一范围信息发送给第二核心网设备。第一范围例如为第一终端设备的标识(这里是指,第一核心网设备待分配的标识)的取值范围,如果第一终端设备的标识属于第一范围,那么根据第一终端设备的标识所确定的寻呼时机就会位于第二终端设备醒来 的时间内,例如第一标识可以属于第一范围;或者,第一范围例如为根据第一标识确定的PO和根据第一终端设备的标识(这里是指,第一核心网设备待分配的标识)确定的PO之间的时域距离所属的范围,如果这两个PO的时域距离属于该范围,那么第一终端设备的PO也就会位于第二终端设备醒来的时间内。第二核心网设备可根据第一标识和第一范围信息为第二终端设备分配新的标识,由于第一范围信息的存在,使得第二核心网设备选择新的标识的范围更大,选择更为灵活,且能够提高选择成功率。For a terminal device, if it needs to monitor paging at a certain PO, the terminal device will wake up at the PO and monitor the paging. However, the terminal device may not enter the sleep state immediately after the PO ends. For example, the terminal device can perform other operations after waking up, such as measuring reference signals, etc. It will continue to work for a period of time and then go to sleep. The second terminal device knows the time when the second terminal device wakes up. Therefore, as an optional implementation manner, the second terminal device can determine a range, for example, called the first range, and can use the first range The information is sent to the second core network device. The first range is, for example, the value range of the identifier of the first terminal device (here, the identifier to be allocated by the first core network device). If the identifier of the first terminal device belongs to the first range, then according to the The paging occasion determined by the identifier will be within the time when the second terminal device wakes up, for example, the first identifier may belong to the first range; or, the first range is, for example, the PO determined according to the first identifier and the The range of the time domain distance between the POs determined by the identifier (here, the identifier to be allocated by the first core network device) belongs to, if the time domain distance of the two POs belongs to this range, then the PO of the first terminal device belongs to the range. It will also be within the time when the second terminal device wakes up. The second core network device can assign a new identifier to the second terminal device according to the first identifier and the first range information. Due to the existence of the first range information, the second core network device can select a new identifier in a larger range, and select a more It is flexible and can improve the success rate of selection.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可选的实施方式,在第三方面的第二种可选的实施方式中,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机相同,或,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于第一阈值。With reference to the third aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the third aspect, in a second optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier is different from the paging occasion determined according to the second The paging occasions determined by the identifiers are the same, or the time domain distance between the paging occasions determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasions determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
例如,第二标识对应的UE_ID如果与第一标识对应的UE_ID相同,则根据第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据第二标识确定的寻呼时机就可以相同,那么,第二终端设备可以在同一寻呼时机内既监听第二终端设备的寻呼,也监听第一终端设备的寻呼,无需在额外的时间醒来为第一终端设备监听寻呼,能够减小第二终端设备的功耗。或者,虽然第一标识对应的UE_ID与第一标识对应的UE_ID不同,但第二标识属于第一范围,或者,根据第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离属于第一范围(或者说,第一核心网设备是按照第一范围和第一标识确定的第二标识),那么,第二终端设备只需醒来一次,就能为两个终端设备监听寻呼,无需分别醒来多次以监听寻呼,通过这种方式也能减小第二终端设备的功耗。For example, if the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the first identifier, then the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier may be the same, then the second terminal device can In the same paging occasion, both the paging of the second terminal device and the paging of the first terminal device are monitored, and there is no need to wake up at an extra time to monitor the paging for the first terminal device, which can reduce the function of the second terminal device. consumption. Or, although the UE_ID corresponding to the first identifier is different from the UE_ID corresponding to the first identifier, the second identifier belongs to the first range, or, there is a difference between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier The time-domain distance belongs to the first range (or in other words, the first core network device is the second identifier determined according to the first range and the first identifier), then the second terminal device only needs to wake up once to be able to The terminal device monitors the paging, and does not need to wake up multiple times to monitor the paging, which can also reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可选的实施方式或第三方面的第二种可选的实施方式,在第三方面的第三种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括第一原因值,所述第一原因值用于指示所述第二终端设备为中继终端设备。In combination with the third aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the third aspect or the second optional implementation manner of the third aspect, in the third optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the first The message further includes a first cause value, where the first cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device is a relay terminal device.
第一消息还可以包括第一原因值,第一原因值可以指示第二终端设备为中继终端设备,或者说,指示第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务,因此第二终端设备需要根据第一终端设备的标识(即,第一标识)来设置第二终端设备的标识。通过这种方式,使得第二核心网设备能够明确为第二终端设备更新标识的原因。The first message may also include a first cause value, and the first cause value may indicate that the second terminal device is a relay terminal device, or in other words, instruct the second terminal device to provide a relay service for the first terminal device, so the second terminal device The identity of the second terminal device needs to be set according to the identity of the first terminal device (ie, the first identity). In this way, the second core network device can specify the reason for updating the identification for the second terminal device.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第三方面的第三种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第三方面的第四种可选的实施方式中,所述第二标识承载在配置更新消息中,或承载在注册完成消息中。In combination with the third aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the third aspect to the third optional embodiment of the third aspect, the fourth optional embodiment of the third aspect can be In an optional implementation manner, the second identifier is carried in a configuration update message, or in a registration complete message.
第二核心网设备向第二终端设备发送第二标识,可通过不同的消息发送。例如,第二终端设备事先向第二核心网设备发送了注册请求消息(例如,第二消息为注册请求消息),那么第二核心网设备可以将第二标识承载在注册完成消息中发送给第二终端设备。或者,无论第二终端设备事先是否向第二核心网设备发送了注册请求消息,第二核心网设备都可以将第二标识承载在配置更新消息中发送给第二终端设备。或者,第二核心网设备还可以通过其他消息将第二标识发送给第二终端设备。The second core network device sends the second identifier to the second terminal device, which may be sent through a different message. For example, if the second terminal device sends a registration request message to the second core network device in advance (for example, the second message is a registration request message), the second core network device may carry the second identifier in the registration completion message and send it to the second core network device. Two terminal equipment. Alternatively, regardless of whether the second terminal device has sent a registration request message to the second core network device in advance, the second core network device may send the second identifier to the second terminal device by carrying the second identifier in the configuration update message. Alternatively, the second core network device may also send the second identifier to the second terminal device through other messages.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第三方面的第四种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第三方面的第五种可选的实施方式中,所述第一标识为第一取值,所述第一取值为所述第二终端设备的(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024)的取值,其中,mod表示取模操作。In combination with the third aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the third aspect to the fourth optional embodiment of the third aspect, the fifth optional embodiment of the third aspect In the selected embodiment, the first identifier is the first value, and the first value is the value of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the second terminal device, wherein mod represents the modulo operate.
第一标识可以是第一终端设备的(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024),或者,第一标识也可以是 第一终端设备的5G-S-TMSI等,只要根据第一标识能够确定第一终端设备的寻呼时机即可。The first identifier may be the (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the first terminal device, or the first identifier may also be the 5G-S-TMSI of the first terminal device, etc., as long as the first terminal can be determined according to the first identifier The paging time of the device is sufficient.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第三方面的第五种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第三方面的第六种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In combination with the third aspect or any optional embodiment from the first optional embodiment of the third aspect to the fifth optional embodiment of the third aspect, in the sixth optional embodiment of the third aspect In selected embodiments, the method further comprises:
所述第二终端设备根据所述第一标识确定寻呼时机;determining, by the second terminal device, a paging occasion according to the first identifier;
所述第二终端设备按照所述寻呼时机为所述第一终端设备监听寻呼。The second terminal device monitors paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion.
第二终端设备可根据第一标识确定寻呼时机,并按照该寻呼时机为第一终端设备监听寻呼。由于第二标识也是根据第一标识确定的,因此第二终端设备的寻呼时机与第一终端设备的寻呼时机可能相同,或者也可能在时域上的距离小于第一阈值,由此可减小第二终端设备由于为第一终端设备监听寻呼所带来的功耗。The second terminal device may determine a paging occasion according to the first identifier, and monitor paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion. Since the second identifier is also determined according to the first identifier, the paging occasion of the second terminal device may be the same as the paging occasion of the first terminal device, or the distance in the time domain may be smaller than the first threshold. The power consumption of the second terminal device due to monitoring paging for the first terminal device is reduced.
第四方面,提供一种通信装置,例如该通信装置为如前所述的第一通信装置。所述第一通信装置用于执行上述第一方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法。具体地,所述第一通信装置可以包括用于执行第一方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法的模块,例如包括处理模块,可选的,还可以包括收发模块。示例性地,收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块,发送模块和接收模块可以是不同的功能模块,或者也可以是同一个功能模块,但能够实现不同的功能。示例性地,所述第一通信装置为通信设备,或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性地,所述通信设备为终端设备,例如第一终端设备。下面以第一通信装置是第一终端设备为例。例如,所述收发模块也可以通过收发器实现,所述处理模块也可以通过处理器(或者,处理电路)实现。或者,发送模块可以通过发送器实现,接收模块可以通过接收器实现,发送器和接收器可以是不同的功能模块,或者也可以是同一个功能模块,但能够实现不同的功能。如果第一通信装置为通信设备,收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者,如果第一通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么收发器(或,发送器和接收器)例如为芯片中的通信接口,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。在第四方面的介绍过程中,继续以所述第一通信装置是第一终端设备,以及,以所述处理模块、所述发送模块和所述接收模块为例进行介绍。其中,In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the aforementioned first communication device. The first communication apparatus is configured to execute the method in the above first aspect or any possible implementation manner. Specifically, the first communication apparatus may include a module for executing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, a processing module, and optionally, a transceiver module may also be included. Exemplarily, the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, and the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions. Exemplarily, the first communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a terminal device, such as a first terminal device. In the following, it is taken as an example that the first communication apparatus is the first terminal device. For example, the transceiver module can also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module can also be implemented by a processor (or a processing circuit). Alternatively, the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter, the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver, and the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module but capable of implementing different functions. If the first communication apparatus is a communication device, the transceiver is implemented by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec and the like in the communication device. Alternatively, if the first communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the transceiver (or the transmitter and the receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components. In the introduction process of the fourth aspect, the first communication apparatus is continued to be the first terminal device, and the processing module, the sending module, and the receiving module are used as examples for introduction. in,
所述接收模块,用于接收来自第二终端设备的第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第二终端设备的标识,其中,所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务,所述第一标识用于确定所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机;The receiving module is configured to receive a first identifier from a second terminal device, where the first identifier is an identifier of the second terminal device, wherein the second terminal device provides the first terminal device with a middle Following service, the first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device;
所述发送模块,用于向第一核心网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一标识,所述第一消息用于请求根据所述第一标识更新所述第一终端设备的标识,所述第一核心网设备服务于所述第一终端设备;The sending module is configured to send a first message to a first core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the first terminal according to the first identifier The identification of the device, the first core network device serves the first terminal device;
所述接收模块,还用于接收来自所述第一核心网设备的第二标识,所述第二标识为更新的所述第一终端设备的标识,所述第二标识用于确定所述第一终端设备的寻呼时机。The receiving module is further configured to receive a second identifier from the first core network device, where the second identifier is an updated identifier of the first terminal device, and the second identifier is used to determine the first terminal device. The paging occasion of a terminal device.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于指示第一范围,所述第一范围为所述第一终端设备的标识的取值范围,或为根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离所属的范围。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, the first range is the value range of the identity of the first terminal device, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identity and the paging occasion determined according to the second identity belongs.
结合第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式,在第四方面的第二种可选的实施方式中,所述接收模块,还用于接收来自所述第二终端设备的所述第一范围信息。With reference to the first optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a second optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving module is further configured to receive the first range information.
结合第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式或第四方面的第二种可选的实施方式,在第四方面的第三种可选的实施方式中,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机相同,或,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于第一阈值。In combination with the first optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect or the second optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the third optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the The paging occasion is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identification and the paging occasion determined according to the second identification is smaller than the a threshold.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第四方面的第三种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第四方面的第四种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括第一原因值,所述第一原因值用于指示所述第一终端设备为远端终端设备。In combination with the fourth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fourth aspect to the third optional embodiment of the fourth aspect, the fourth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect can be In an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes a first cause value, and the first cause value is used to indicate that the first terminal device is a remote terminal device.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第四方面的第四种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第四方面的第五种可选的实施方式中,In combination with the fourth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fourth aspect to the fourth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect, in the fifth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect In selected embodiments,
所述接收模块,还用于接收来自所述第二终端设备的第一周期,所述第一周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期;The receiving module is further configured to receive a first cycle from the second terminal device, where the first cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device;
所述发送模块,还用于当所述处理模块确定第二周期的长度小于所述第一周期的长度时,向所述第二终端设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述第二周期,所述第二周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期。The sending module is further configured to send a second message to the second terminal device when the processing module determines that the length of the second cycle is less than the length of the first cycle, where the second message includes the first cycle. Two cycles, where the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device.
结合第四方面的第五种可选的实施方式,在第四方面的第六种可选的实施方式中,所述第二消息还用于指示将DRX周期的长度修改为所述第二周期的长度。With reference to the fifth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the sixth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the second cycle length.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第四方面的第六种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第四方面的第七种可选的实施方式中,所述第二标识承载在配置更新消息中,或承载在注册完成消息中。In combination with the fourth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fourth aspect to the sixth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect, in the seventh optional embodiment of the fourth aspect In an optional implementation manner, the second identifier is carried in a configuration update message, or in a registration complete message.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第四方面的第七种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第四方面的第八种可选的实施方式中,所述发送模块,还用于将所述第二标识发送给所述第二终端设备,所述第二标识用于所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备监听寻呼。In combination with the fourth aspect or any optional embodiment of the first optional embodiment of the fourth aspect to the seventh optional embodiment of the fourth aspect, in the eighth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect In an optional implementation manner, the sending module is further configured to send the second identifier to the second terminal device, where the second identifier is used by the second terminal device to monitor for the first terminal device paging.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第四方面的第八种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第四方面的第九种可选的实施方式中,所述第一标识为第一取值,所述第一取值为所述第二终端设备的(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024)的取值,其中,mod表示取模操作。In combination with the fourth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments from the first optional embodiment of the fourth aspect to the eighth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect, in the ninth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect In the selected embodiment, the first identifier is the first value, and the first value is the value of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the second terminal device, wherein mod represents the modulo operate.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第四方面的第九种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第四方面的第十种可选的实施方式中,In combination with the fourth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fourth aspect to the ninth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect, in the tenth optional embodiment of the fourth aspect In selected embodiments,
所述发送模块,还用于向接入网设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求进入RRC非连接态;The sending module is further configured to send a request message to the access network device, where the request message is used to request to enter the RRC disconnected state;
所述接收模块,还用于接收来自接入网设备的确认消息,所述确认消息用于指示第一终端设备进入RRC非连接态。The receiving module is further configured to receive an acknowledgment message from the access network device, where the acknowledgment message is used to instruct the first terminal device to enter the RRC disconnected state.
关于第四方面或第四方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第一方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought by the fourth aspect or various optional implementations of the fourth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the first aspect or corresponding implementations.
第五方面,提供一种通信装置,例如该通信装置为如前所述的第二通信装置。所述第二通信装置用于执行上述第二方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法。具体地,所述第二通信装置可以包括用于执行第二方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法的模块,例如包括处理模块,可选的,还可以包括收发模块。示例性地,收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块,发送模块和接收模块可以是不同的功能模块,或者也可以是同一个功能模块,但能够实现 不同的功能。示例性地,所述第二通信装置为通信设备,或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性地,所述通信设备为终端设备,例如第二终端设备。下面以第二通信装置是第二终端设备为例。例如,所述收发模块也可以通过收发器实现,所述处理模块也可以通过处理器(或者,处理电路)实现。或者,发送模块可以通过发送器实现,接收模块可以通过接收器实现,发送器和接收器可以是不同的功能模块,或者也可以是同一个功能模块,但能够实现不同的功能。如果第二通信装置为通信设备,收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者,如果第二通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么收发器(或,发送器和接收器)例如为芯片中的通信接口,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。在第五方面的介绍过程中,继续以所述第二通信装置是第二终端设备,以及,以所述处理模块、所述发送模块和所述接收模块为例进行介绍。其中,A fifth aspect provides a communication device, for example, the communication device is the aforementioned second communication device. The second communication device is configured to execute the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner. Specifically, the second communication apparatus may include a module for executing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, a processing module, and optionally, a transceiver module may also be included. Exemplarily, the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, and the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions. Exemplarily, the second communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a terminal device, such as a second terminal device. In the following, it is taken as an example that the second communication device is the second terminal device. For example, the transceiver module can also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module can also be implemented by a processor (or a processing circuit). Alternatively, the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter, the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver, and the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module but capable of implementing different functions. If the second communication apparatus is a communication device, the transceiver is implemented by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec and the like in the communication device. Alternatively, if the second communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the transceiver (or the transmitter and the receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components. In the introduction process of the fifth aspect, continue to take the second communication apparatus as a second terminal device, and take the processing module, the sending module and the receiving module as examples for introduction. in,
所述发送模块,用于向第一终端设备发送第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第二终端设备的标识,其中,所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务,所述第一标识用于确定所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机;The sending module is configured to send a first identification to a first terminal device, where the first identification is an identification of the second terminal device, wherein the second terminal device provides a relay for the first terminal device service, the first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device;
所述接收模块,用于接收来自所述第一终端设备的第二标识,所述第二标识为所述第一终端设备的标识,且所述第二标识是根据所述第一标识确定的,所述第二标识用于确定所述第一终端设备的寻呼时机。The receiving module is configured to receive a second identification from the first terminal device, where the second identification is the identification of the first terminal device, and the second identification is determined according to the first identification , and the second identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the first terminal device.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式中,所述发送模块,还用于向所述第一终端设备发送第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于指示第一范围,所述第一范围为所述第一终端设备的标识的取值范围,或为根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离所属的范围。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the sending module is further configured to send first range information to the first terminal device, where the first range information is used to indicate The first range, where the first range is the value range of the identity of the first terminal device, or the range between the paging occasion determined according to the first identity and the paging occasion determined according to the second identity The range to which the time domain distance belongs.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式,在第五方面的第二种可选的实施方式中,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机相同,或,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于第一阈值。With reference to the fifth aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a second optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier is different from the paging occasion determined according to the second The paging occasions determined by the identifiers are the same, or the time domain distance between the paging occasions determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasions determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式或第五方面的第二种可选的实施方式,在第五方面的第三种可选的实施方式中,In combination with the fifth aspect or the first optional embodiment of the fifth aspect or the second optional embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the third optional embodiment of the fifth aspect,
所述处理模块,用于根据所述第二标识确定寻呼时机;the processing module, configured to determine the paging occasion according to the second identifier;
所述接收模块,还用于按照所述寻呼时机为所述第一终端设备监听寻呼。The receiving module is further configured to monitor paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第五方面的第三种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第五方面的第四种可选的实施方式中,Combined with the fifth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fifth aspect to the third optional embodiment of the fifth aspect, the fourth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect can be In selected embodiments,
所述发送模块,还用于向所述第一终端设备发送第一周期,所述第一周期为所述第二终端设备的周期;The sending module is further configured to send a first cycle to the first terminal device, where the first cycle is the cycle of the second terminal device;
所述接收模块,还用于接收来自所述第一终端设备的第二消息,第二消息包括第二周期,所述第二周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期,且所述第二周期的长度小于所述第一周期的长度。The receiving module is further configured to receive a second message from the first terminal device, where the second message includes a second cycle, the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second The length of the period is less than the length of the first period.
结合第五方面的第四种可选的实施方式,在第五方面的第五种可选的实施方式中,所述第二消息还用于指示将DRX周期的长度修改为所述第二周期的长度。With reference to the fourth optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the fifth optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the second cycle length.
结合第五方面的第四种可选的实施方式或第五方面的第五种可选的实施方式,在第五方面的第六种可选的实施方式中,所述处理模块,还用于与第二核心网设备协商所述第二 终端设备的DRX周期,其中,协商后的所述第二终端设备的DRX周期的长度与所述第二周期的长度相同,所述第二核心网设备服务于所述第二终端设备。With reference to the fourth optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect or the fifth optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the sixth optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the processing module is further configured to Negotiate the DRX cycle of the second terminal device with the second core network device, wherein the length of the negotiated DRX cycle of the second terminal device is the same as the length of the second cycle, and the second core network device Serve the second terminal device.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第五方面的第六种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第五方面的第七种可选的实施方式中,所述第一标识为第一取值,所述第一取值为所述第二终端设备的(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024)的取值,其中,mod表示取模操作。In combination with the fifth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the fifth aspect to the sixth optional embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the seventh optional embodiment of the fifth aspect In the selected embodiment, the first identifier is the first value, and the first value is the value of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the second terminal device, wherein mod represents the modulo operate.
关于第五方面或第五方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第二方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought by the fifth aspect or various optional embodiments of the fifth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the second aspect or corresponding embodiments.
第六方面,提供一种通信装置,例如该通信装置为如前所述的第三通信装置。所述第三通信装置用于执行上述第三方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法。具体地,所述第三通信装置可以包括用于执行第三方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法的模块,例如包括处理模块,可选的,还可以包括收发模块。示例性地,收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块,发送模块和接收模块可以是不同的功能模块,或者也可以是同一个功能模块,但能够实现不同的功能。示例性地,所述第三通信装置为通信设备,或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性地,所述通信设备为终端设备,例如为第二终端设备。例如,所述收发模块也可以通过收发器实现,所述处理模块也可以通过处理器(或者,处理电路)实现。或者,发送模块可以通过发送器实现,接收模块可以通过接收器实现,发送器和接收器可以是不同的功能模块,或者也可以是同一个功能模块,但能够实现不同的功能。如果第三通信装置为通信设备,收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者,如果第三通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么收发器(或,发送器和接收器)例如为芯片中的通信接口,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。在第六方面的介绍过程中,以所述处理模块、所述发送模块和所述接收模块为例进行介绍。其中,In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the aforementioned third communication device. The third communication apparatus is configured to execute the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner. Specifically, the third communication apparatus may include a module for executing the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, a processing module, and optionally, a transceiver module may also be included. Exemplarily, the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, and the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions. Exemplarily, the third communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a terminal device, such as a second terminal device. For example, the transceiver module can also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module can also be implemented by a processor (or a processing circuit). Alternatively, the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter, the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver, and the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module but capable of implementing different functions. If the third communication apparatus is a communication device, the transceiver is implemented by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec and the like in the communication device. Alternatively, if the third communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the transceiver (or the transmitter and the receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components. In the introduction process of the sixth aspect, the processing module, the sending module and the receiving module are used as examples for introduction. in,
所述接收模块,用于接收来自第一终端设备的第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第一终端设备的标识,所述第一标识用于确定所述第一终端设备的寻呼时机;The receiving module is configured to receive a first identification from a first terminal device, where the first identification is an identification of the first terminal device, and the first identification is used to determine the paging of the first terminal device opportunity;
所述发送模块,用于向第二核心网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一标识,所述第一消息用于请求根据所述第一标识更新所述第二终端设备的标识,所述第二核心网设备服务于所述第二终端设备;The sending module is configured to send a first message to a second core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the second terminal according to the first identifier The identification of the device, the second core network device serves the second terminal device;
所述接收模块,还用于接收来自所述第二核心网设备的第二标识,所述第二标识为更新的所述第二终端设备的标识,所述第二标识用于确定所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机。The receiving module is further configured to receive a second identifier from the second core network device, where the second identifier is an updated identifier of the second terminal device, and the second identifier is used to determine the first identifier. 2. The paging occasion of the terminal equipment.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的第一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于指示第一范围,所述第一范围为所述第二终端设备的标识的取值范围,或为根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离所属的范围。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, the first range is the value range of the identifier of the second terminal device, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可选的实施方式,在第六方面的第二种可选的实施方式中,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机相同,或,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于第一阈值。With reference to the sixth aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a second optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier is different from the paging occasion determined according to the second The paging occasions determined by the identifiers are the same, or the time domain distance between the paging occasions determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasions determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可选的实施方式或第六方面的第二种可选的实施方式,在第六方面的第三种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括第一原因值,所述第 一原因值用于指示所述第二终端设备为中继终端设备。In combination with the sixth aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect or the second optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the third optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the first The message further includes a first cause value, where the first cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device is a relay terminal device.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第六方面的第三种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第六方面的第四种可选的实施方式中,所述第二标识承载在配置更新消息中,或承载在注册完成消息中。In combination with the sixth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the sixth aspect to the third optional embodiment of the sixth aspect, in the fourth optional embodiment of the sixth aspect In an optional implementation manner, the second identifier is carried in a configuration update message, or in a registration complete message.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第六方面的第四种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第六方面的第五种可选的实施方式中,所述第一标识为第一取值,所述第一取值为所述第一终端设备的(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024)的取值,其中,mod表示取模操作。In combination with the sixth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the sixth aspect to the fourth optional embodiment of the sixth aspect, in the fifth optional embodiment of the sixth aspect In a selected embodiment, the first identifier is a first value, and the first value is a value of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the first terminal device, wherein mod represents a modulo operate.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第六方面的第五种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式,在第六方面的第六种可选的实施方式中,In combination with the sixth aspect or any one of the optional embodiments of the first optional embodiment of the sixth aspect to the fifth optional embodiment of the sixth aspect, the sixth optional embodiment of the sixth aspect In selected embodiments,
所述处理模块,用于根据所述第一标识确定寻呼时机;the processing module, configured to determine the paging occasion according to the first identifier;
所述接收模块,还用于按照所述寻呼时机为所述第一终端设备监听寻呼。The receiving module is further configured to monitor paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion.
关于第六方面或第六方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第三方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the sixth aspect or various optional embodiments of the sixth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the third aspect or corresponding embodiments.
第七方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置例如为如前所述的第一通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器(或者,处理电路)和通信接口(或者,接口电路),通信接口可用于与其他装置或设备进行通信。可选的,还可以包括存储器,用于存储计算机指令。处理器和存储器相互耦合,用于实现上述第一方面或第一方面的各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。或者,第一通信装置也可以不包括存储器,存储器可以位于第一通信装置外部。处理器、存储器和通信接口相互耦合,用于实现上述第一方面或第一方面的各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。例如,当处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机指令时,使第一通信装置执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。示例性地,所述第一通信装置为通信设备,或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性的,所述通信设备为终端设备,例如第一终端设备。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device is, for example, the aforementioned first communication device. The communication apparatus includes a processor (or, a processing circuit) and a communication interface (or, an interface circuit), and the communication interface may be used to communicate with other apparatuses or devices. Optionally, a memory may also be included for storing computer instructions. The processor and the memory are coupled to each other for implementing the method described in the first aspect or various possible implementation manners of the first aspect. Alternatively, the first communication device may not include the memory, and the memory may be located outside the first communication device. The processor, the memory and the communication interface are coupled to each other, and are used for implementing the method described in the first aspect or various possible implementation manners of the first aspect. For example, when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the first communication apparatus is caused to execute the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect. Exemplarily, the first communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a terminal device, such as a first terminal device.
其中,如果第一通信装置为通信设备,通信接口例如通过所述通信设备中的收发器(或者,发送器和接收器)实现,例如所述收发器通过所述通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者,如果第一通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么通信接口例如为芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。Wherein, if the first communication device is a communication device, the communication interface is realized by, for example, a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codecs, etc. are implemented. Alternatively, if the first communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins, etc., and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components.
第八方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置例如为如前所述的第二通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器(或者,处理电路)和通信接口(或者,接口电路),通信接口可用于与其他装置或设备进行通信。可选的,还可以包括存储器,用于存储计算机指令。处理器和存储器相互耦合,用于实现上述第二方面或第二方面的各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。或者,第二通信装置也可以不包括存储器,存储器可以位于第二通信装置外部。处理器、存储器和通信接口相互耦合,用于实现上述第二方面或第二方面的各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。例如,当处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机指令时,使第二通信装置执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。示例性地,所述第二通信装置为通信设备,或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性的,所述通信设备为终端设备,例如第二终端设备。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device is, for example, the aforementioned second communication device. The communication apparatus includes a processor (or, a processing circuit) and a communication interface (or, an interface circuit), and the communication interface may be used to communicate with other apparatuses or devices. Optionally, a memory may also be included for storing computer instructions. The processor and the memory are coupled to each other for implementing the method described in the second aspect or various possible implementation manners of the second aspect. Alternatively, the second communication device may not include the memory, and the memory may be located outside the second communication device. The processor, the memory and the communication interface are coupled to each other for implementing the method described in the above second aspect or various possible implementation manners of the second aspect. For example, when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the second communication apparatus is caused to perform the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect. Exemplarily, the second communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a terminal device, such as a second terminal device.
其中,如果第二通信装置为通信设备,通信接口例如通过所述通信设备中的收发器(或 者,发送器和接收器)实现,例如所述收发器通过所述通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者,如果第二通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么通信接口例如为芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。Wherein, if the second communication device is a communication device, the communication interface is realized by, for example, a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codecs, etc. are implemented. Alternatively, if the second communication device is a chip set in the communication device, the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins, etc., and the communication interface is connected to the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components.
第九方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置例如为如前所述的第三通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器(或者,处理电路)和通信接口(或者,接口电路),通信接口可用于与其他装置或设备进行通信。可选的,还可以包括存储器,用于存储计算机指令。处理器和存储器相互耦合,用于实现上述第三方面或第三方面的各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。或者,第一通信装置也可以不包括存储器,存储器可以位于第三通信装置外部。处理器、存储器和通信接口相互耦合,用于实现上述第三方面或第三方面的各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。例如,当处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机指令时,使第一通信装置执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。示例性地,所述第三通信装置为通信设备,或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性地,所述通信设备为第一设备。示例性地,所述第一设备为终端设备,例如第二终端设备。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device is, for example, the aforementioned third communication device. The communication apparatus includes a processor (or, a processing circuit) and a communication interface (or, an interface circuit), and the communication interface may be used to communicate with other apparatuses or devices. Optionally, a memory may also be included for storing computer instructions. The processor and the memory are coupled to each other for implementing the method described in the third aspect or various possible implementation manners of the third aspect. Alternatively, the first communication device may not include the memory, and the memory may be located outside the third communication device. The processor, the memory and the communication interface are coupled to each other, and are used for implementing the method described in the third aspect or various possible implementation manners of the third aspect. For example, when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the first communication device is caused to execute the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect. Exemplarily, the third communication apparatus is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a first device. Exemplarily, the first device is a terminal device, such as a second terminal device.
其中,如果第三通信装置为通信设备,通信接口例如通过所述通信设备中的收发器(或者,发送器和接收器)实现,例如所述收发器通过所述通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者,如果第三通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么通信接口例如为芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。Wherein, if the third communication device is a communication device, the communication interface is realized by, for example, a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codecs, etc. are implemented. Alternatively, if the third communication device is a chip set in the communication device, the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins, etc., and the communication interface is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Send and receive information through radio frequency transceiver components.
第十方面,提供第一通信系统,所述第一通信系统包括第四方面所述的通信装置或第七方面所述的通信装置,以及包括第五方面所述的通信装置或第八方面所述的通信装置。A tenth aspect provides a first communication system, the first communication system comprising the communication device of the fourth aspect or the communication device of the seventh aspect, and the communication device of the fifth aspect or the communication device of the eighth aspect the communication device described.
第十一方面,提供第二通信系统,所述第二通信系统包括第六方面所述的通信装置或第九方面所述的通信装置。In an eleventh aspect, a second communication system is provided, where the second communication system includes the communication device of the sixth aspect or the communication device of the ninth aspect.
第十二方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used for storing a computer program, and when the computer program is executed on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or the first A method as described in any one of the possible embodiments of the aspect.
第十三方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer is made to execute the second aspect or the second aspect above. A method as described in any one of the possible embodiments of the aspect.
第十四方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed on a computer, the computer is made to execute the third aspect or the third aspect A method as described in any one of the possible embodiments of the aspect.
第十五方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。A fifteenth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect The method described in any one of the possible embodiments of .
第十六方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。A sixteenth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned second aspect or the second aspect The method described in any one of the possible embodiments of .
第十七方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第三方面或第 三方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。A seventeenth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned third aspect or the third aspect The method described in any one of the possible embodiments of .
在本申请实施例中,第一终端设备可以请求更新第一终端设备的标识,使得第一终端设备的寻呼时机与第二终端设备的寻呼时机尽量对齐,从而第二终端设备不会因为监听第一终端设备的寻呼而在额外的时间再醒来,节省第二终端设备的功耗。In this embodiment of the present application, the first terminal device may request to update the identity of the first terminal device, so that the paging timing of the first terminal device is aligned with the paging timing of the second terminal device as much as possible, so that the second terminal device will not Listening to the paging of the first terminal device and then waking up at an extra time saves the power consumption of the second terminal device.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为中继场景的一种示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of a relay scenario;
图2为中继终端设备为远端终端设备监听寻呼的流程图;Fig. 2 is a flow chart of relay terminal equipment monitoring paging for remote terminal equipment;
图3为本申请实施例的一种具体应用场景的示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a specific application scenario of an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例的另一种应用场景的示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another application scenario of an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a first communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为按照本申请实施例提供的方法处理后的两个终端设备的PO的一种时域位置示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of a time domain position of POs of two terminal devices processed according to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application;
图7为按照本申请实施例提供的方法处理后的两个终端设备的PO的一种时域位置示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a time domain position of POs of two terminal devices processed according to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application;
图8为未按照本申请实施例提供的方法处理后的两个终端设备的PO的一种时域位置示意图;8 is a schematic diagram of a time domain location of POs of two terminal devices that are not processed according to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法的流程图;9 is a flowchart of a second communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的第一终端设备的一种示意性框图;FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a first terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的第二终端设备的一种示意性框图;FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a second terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的第二终端设备的另一种示意性框图;FIG. 12 is another schematic block diagram of a second terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的一种示意性框图;FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的另一示意性框图;FIG. 14 is another schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的再一示意性框图。FIG. 15 is still another schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions and advantages of the embodiments of the present application more clear, the embodiments of the present application will be described in further detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
以下,对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。Hereinafter, some terms in the embodiments of the present application will be explained, so as to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.
1)终端设备,包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,具体的,包括向用户提供语音的设备,或包括向用户提供数据连通性的设备,或包括向用户提供语音和数据连通性的设备。例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音或数据,或与RAN交互语音和数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备(user equipment,UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、设备到设备通信(device-to-device,D2D)终端设备、车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X)终端设备、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications,M2M/MTC)终端设备、物联网(internet of things,IoT)终端设备、签约单元(subscriber unit)、签约站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端(remote  terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如,可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话),具有移动终端设备的计算机,便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的移动装置等。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、等设备。还包括受限设备,例如功耗较低的设备,或存储能力有限的设备,或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。1) Terminal devices, including devices that provide users with voice and/or data connectivity, specifically, include devices that provide users with voice, or include devices that provide users with data connectivity, or include devices that provide users with voice and data connectivity sexual equipment. For example, it may include a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem. The terminal equipment can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), exchange voice or data with the RAN, or exchange voice and data with the RAN. The terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device (D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle to everything (V2X) terminal equipment , machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, subscription unit (subscriber unit), subscription station (subscriber) station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user Agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc. For example, these may include mobile telephones (or "cellular" telephones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-embedded mobile devices, and the like. For example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants), PDA), etc. Also includes constrained devices, such as devices with lower power consumption, or devices with limited storage capacity, or devices with limited computing power, etc. For example, it includes information sensing devices such as barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), and laser scanners.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备或智能穿戴式设备等,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. Wait. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
而如上介绍的各种终端设备,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载终端设备,车载终端设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit,OBU)。The various terminal devices described above, if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be considered as on-board terminal equipment. For example, the on-board terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). ).
本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以包括中继(relay)。或者理解为,能够与基站进行数据通信的都可以看作终端设备。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may further include a relay (relay). Alternatively, it can be understood that any device capable of data communication with the base station can be regarded as a terminal device.
本申请实施例中,用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备,也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端设备中。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现终端的功能的装置是终端设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。In the embodiments of the present application, the apparatus for implementing the function of the terminal device may be the terminal device, or may be an apparatus capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the apparatus may be installed in the terminal device. In this embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. In the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the device for realizing the function of the terminal being a terminal device as an example.
2)网络设备,例如包括接入网(access network,AN)设备,例如基站(例如,接入点),可以是指接入网中在空口通过一个或多个小区与无线终端设备通信的设备,或者例如,一种车到一切(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)技术中的网络设备为路侧单元(road side unit,RSU)。基站可用于将收到的空中帧与IP分组进行相互转换,作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。RSU可以是支持V2X应用的固定基础设施实体,可以与支持V2X应用的其他实体交换消息。网络设备还可协调对空口的属性管理。例如,网络设备可以包括LTE系统或高级长期演进(long term evolution-advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),或者也可以包括第五代移动通信技术(the 5th generation,5G)新空口(new radio,NR)系统(也简称为NR系统)中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB)或者也可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network,Cloud RAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),本申请实施例并不限定。2) Network equipment, including, for example, access network (AN) equipment, such as a base station (for example, an access point), which may refer to a device in the access network that communicates with wireless terminal equipment over the air interface through one or more cells , or, for example, a network device in a vehicle-to-everything (V2X) technology is a roadside unit (RSU). The base station may be used to interconvert the received air frames and IP packets, acting as a router between the terminal equipment and the rest of the access network, which may include the IP network. The RSU can be a fixed infrastructure entity supporting V2X applications and can exchange messages with other entities supporting V2X applications. The network device can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface. For example, the network equipment may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in the LTE system or long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A), or may also include fifth generation mobile The next generation node B (gNB) in the communication technology (the 5th generation, 5G) new radio (new radio, NR) system (also referred to as the NR system) may also include a cloud access network (cloud radio) The embodiment of the present application is not limited to a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) in an access network, Cloud RAN) system.
网络设备还可以包括核心网设备,核心网设备例如包括5G系统中的访问和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)、会话管理功能(session management  function,SMF)或用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)等,或者包括4G系统中的移动管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)等。The network equipment may also include core network equipment, for example, the core network equipment includes an access and mobility management function (AMF), a session management function (SMF) or a user plane function (user plane) in the 5G system function, UPF), etc., or include a mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) and the like in the 4G system.
本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备,也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。In this embodiment of the present application, the apparatus for implementing the function of the network device may be the network device, or may be an apparatus capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the apparatus may be installed in the network device. In the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the device for realizing the function of the network device being a network device as an example.
3)非连续接收(discontinuous reception,DRX)机制。DRX机制包括DRX周期(cycle),终端设备在DRX周期内会周期性地“醒来”一段时间,在DRX周期中的其他时间可以保持“休眠”状态,以降低功耗。简单来说,在DRX机制下,终端设备可以周期性地进入睡眠状态,不需要监听物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)。3) Discontinuous reception (DRX) mechanism. The DRX mechanism includes a DRX cycle. During the DRX cycle, the terminal device will periodically "wake up" for a period of time, and may remain in a "sleep" state at other times in the DRX cycle to reduce power consumption. To put it simply, under the DRX mechanism, the terminal device can periodically enter the sleep state without monitoring the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH).
4)无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)状态,终端设备有3种RRC状态:RRC连接(connected)态、RRC空闲(idle)态和RRC非激活(inactive)态。4) Radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) state, the terminal equipment has three RRC states: RRC connected (connected) state, RRC idle (idle) state and RRC inactive (inactive) state.
RRC连接态(或,也可以简称为连接态。在本文中,“连接态”和“RRC连接态”,是同一概念,两种称呼可以互换):终端设备与网络建立了RRC连接,可以进行数据传输。RRC connected state (or, it can also be referred to as connected state. In this paper, "connected state" and "RRC connected state" are the same concept, and the two terms can be interchanged): the terminal device has established an RRC connection with the network, which can data transfer.
RRC空闲态(或,也可以简称为空闲态。在本文中,“空闲态”和“RRC空闲态”,是同一概念,两种称呼可以互换):终端设备没有与网络建立RRC连接,基站没有存储该终端设备的上下文。如果终端设备需要从RRC空闲态进入RRC连接态,则需要发起RRC连接建立过程。RRC idle state (or, can also be referred to as idle state. In this paper, "idle state" and "RRC idle state" are the same concept, and the two terms can be interchanged): the terminal device does not establish an RRC connection with the network, the base station The context for this end device is not stored. If the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connected state from the RRC idle state, it needs to initiate the RRC connection establishment process.
RRC非活跃态(或,也可称为RRC非激活态,或简称为非活跃态或非激活态。在本文中,“去活动态”、“非活跃态”、“去活跃态”、“去激活态”、“非激活态”、“RRC非激活态”或“RRC去激活态”等,是同一概念,这几种称呼可以互换):终端设备之前在锚点基站进入了RRC连接态,然后锚点基站释放了该RRC连接,但是锚点基站保存了该终端设备的上下文。如果该终端设备需要从RRC非活跃态再次进入RRC连接态,则需要在当前驻留的基站发起RRC连接恢复过程(或者称为RRC连接重建立过程)。因为终端设备可能处于移动状态,因此终端设备当前驻留的基站与终端设备的锚点基站可能是同一基站,也可能是不同的基站。RRC恢复过程相对于RRC建立过程来说,时延更短,信令开销更小。但是基站需要保存终端设备的上下文,会占用基站的存储开销。RRC inactive state (or, may also be referred to as RRC inactive state, or simply inactive state or inactive state. In this paper, "deactive state", "inactive state", "deactive state", " "Deactivated state", "inactive state", "RRC inactive state" or "RRC deactivated state", etc., are the same concept, and these terms can be interchanged): The terminal device entered the RRC connection at the anchor base station before. state, and then the anchor base station releases the RRC connection, but the anchor base station saves the context of the terminal device. If the terminal device needs to re-enter the RRC connected state from the RRC inactive state, it needs to initiate an RRC connection recovery process (or referred to as an RRC connection re-establishment process) at the base station where it currently resides. Because the terminal device may be in a mobile state, the base station where the terminal device currently resides and the anchor base station of the terminal device may be the same base station, or may be different base stations. Compared with the RRC establishment process, the RRC recovery process has shorter delay and lower signaling overhead. However, the base station needs to save the context of the terminal device, which will occupy the storage overhead of the base station.
5)本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。例如,A/B,表示:A或B。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。5) The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application may be used interchangeably. "At least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or", which describes the relationship of the associated objects, indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, it can indicate that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are an "or" relationship. For example, A/B, means: A or B. "At least one item(s) below" or similar expressions thereof refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single item(s) or plural items(s). For example, at least one item (a) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
以及,除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的大小、内容、顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度等。例如,第一标识和第二标识,可以是同一个标识,也可以是不同的标识,且,这种名称也并不是表示这两个标识的信息量大小、内容、优先级或者重要程度等的不同。And, unless otherwise stated, ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the size, content, order, and timing of multiple objects , priority or importance, etc. For example, the first identification and the second identification may be the same identification or different identifications, and this name does not indicate the amount of information, content, priority or importance of the two identifications. different.
前文介绍了本申请实施例所涉及到的一些名词概念,下面介绍本申请实施例涉及的技术特征。Some terms and concepts involved in the embodiments of the present application are introduced above, and the technical features involved in the embodiments of the present application are introduced below.
当终端设备处于RRC空闲态或者RRC非激活态时,如果该终端设备的业务已注册在核心网,则网络可能会寻呼该终端设备,因此该终端设备需要监听寻呼。终端设备可以在该终端设备的PO上醒来监测寻呼下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI),或者说监听PDCCH,在除PO外的其他时间可休眠,从而减少终端设备的功耗。目前,在该寻呼DCI中包括2比特的字段,该字段可以指示该寻呼DCI包括调度信息,或包括短消息(short message),或包括调度信息和短消息。其中,该调度信息用于调度寻呼消息,例如该调度信息包括寻呼消息的时频资源信息或调制编码信息等。短消息可以指示系统信息是否改变、地震和海啸警告系统(earthquake and tsunami warning system,ETWS)通知或商业移动警报服务(commercial mobile alert service,CMAS)通知等。例如可参考表1,为寻呼DCI所包括的这2比特字段的指示方式。When the terminal device is in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, if the service of the terminal device has been registered in the core network, the network may page the terminal device, so the terminal device needs to monitor the paging. The terminal device can wake up on the PO of the terminal device to monitor and paging downlink control information (DCI), or monitor the PDCCH, and can sleep at other times except the PO, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device. Currently, a 2-bit field is included in the paging DCI, and the field may indicate that the paging DCI includes scheduling information, a short message, or both scheduling information and a short message. The scheduling information is used for scheduling paging messages, for example, the scheduling information includes time-frequency resource information or modulation and coding information of the paging message. Short messages can indicate whether system information has changed, Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System (ETWS) notifications or Commercial Mobile Alert Service (CMAS) notifications, etc. For example, Table 1 may be referred to for an indication manner of the 2-bit field included in the paging DCI.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2021106273-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021106273-appb-000001
终端设备检测到寻呼DCI后,可解码该寻呼DCI。如果该寻呼DCI包括寻呼消息的调度信息,则终端设备就根据该调度信息,继续接收寻呼消息,或者,如果该寻呼DCI不包括调度信息,例如只包括短消息,则该终端设备无需接收寻呼消息。进一步地,如果终端设备接收了寻呼消息,且该寻呼消息包含了该终端设备的标识,则表明该终端设备被寻呼,而如果终端设备接收了寻呼消息,但该寻呼消息不包含该终端设备的标识,则表明该终端设备未被寻呼。After detecting the paging DCI, the terminal equipment can decode the paging DCI. If the paging DCI includes the scheduling information of the paging message, the terminal device continues to receive the paging message according to the scheduling information, or if the paging DCI does not include the scheduling information, such as only short messages, the terminal device There is no need to receive paging messages. Further, if the terminal device receives the paging message, and the paging message contains the identification of the terminal device, it indicates that the terminal device is paged, and if the terminal device receives the paging message, but the paging message does not If the identifier of the terminal device is included, it indicates that the terminal device has not been paged.
终端设备可在每个DRX周期监听一个PO。一个PO是一组PDCCH监听时机,可以包括多个子帧或多个正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号,且一个PO的PDCCH监听时机可以跨越多个无线帧。寻呼帧(paging frame,PF)是一个无线帧,一个PF可能包含一个或多个PO,或者包括一个或多个PO的时域起始点。一个PO可能从该PO关联的PF上开始,或者也可能在该PO关联的PF结束之后开始。例如,PO 1从该PO 1关联的PF 1上开始,PO 1有可能在PF 1上结束,或者,PO 1也可能跨越多个无线帧,PO 1不在PF 1上结束,而是在PF 1之后的无线帧上结束。A terminal device can monitor one PO in each DRX cycle. One PO is a group of PDCCH listening opportunities, which may include multiple subframes or multiple orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM) symbols, and the PDCCH listening opportunities of one PO may span multiple radio frames. A paging frame (paging frame, PF) is a radio frame, and a PF may contain one or more POs, or a time domain start point of one or more POs. A PO may start on the PF associated with the PO, or it may start after the PF associated with the PO has ended. For example, PO 1 starts on PF 1 associated with this PO 1, PO 1 may end on PF 1, or PO 1 may span multiple radio frames, PO 1 does not end on PF 1, but on PF 1 end on the following radio frame.
PO可以根据小区广播的参数、终端设备的DRX周期和终端设备的标识确定。例如,小区广播的参数包括如下的一项或多项:DRX周期/寻呼周期(paging cycle)/缺省寻呼周期(default paging cycle),N,N s,或,PF_offset。其中,N代表DRX周期中PF的总数量,N s代表一个PF包括的PO的数量,PF_offset用于确定PF的偏移值。终端设备的标识可以是终端设备的国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identification number, IMSI)或5G-服务(serving,S)-临时移动用户识别码(5G s-temporary mobile subscription identifier,5G-S-TMSI)。 The PO can be determined according to the parameters broadcast by the cell, the DRX cycle of the terminal device and the identity of the terminal device. For example, a cell broadcast parameters include one or more of the following: DRX cycle / paging cycle (paging cycle) / default paging period (default paging cycle), N, N s, or, PF_offset. Wherein, N for the total number of PF DRX cycle, the number of N s represents a PO PF included, PF_offset for determining the offset value of PF. The identifier of the terminal device may be the international mobile subscriber identification number (IMSI) of the terminal device or the 5G-serving (serving, S)-temporary mobile subscription identifier (5G-s-temporary mobile subscription identifier, 5G-S) of the terminal device -TMSI).
目前标准协议中定义的终端设备的PF的计算公式如下:The formula for calculating the PF of a terminal device defined in the current standard protocol is as follows:
(SFN+PF_offset)mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod N)       公式1(SFN+PF_offset)mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod N) Formula 1
根据公式1确定的帧号为系统帧号(system frame number,SFN)的帧即为PF。The frame whose frame number determined according to formula 1 is the system frame number (SFN) is the PF.
目前标准协议中定义的终端设备的PO的计算公式如下:The calculation formula of the PO of the terminal device defined in the current standard protocol is as follows:
i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns         公式2i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns Formula 2
根据公式2确定的i_s表示PO的索引。i_s determined according to Equation 2 represents the index of the PO.
终端设备根据SFN和i_s可以确定PO。The terminal device can determine the PO according to the SFN and i_s.
在如上的两个公式中,T表示终端设备的DRX周期。具体的,T为终端设备的特定(specific)DRX周期和系统信息广播的默认DRX周期这两者中的最小值。N表示DRX周期中PF的总数量。N s表示一个PF包括的PO的数量。PF_offset用于确定PF的偏移值。UE_ID为终端设备的(5G-s-TMSI mod 1024),mod表示取模运算。 In the above two formulas, T represents the DRX cycle of the terminal device. Specifically, T is the minimum value of the specific (specific) DRX cycle of the terminal device and the default DRX cycle of system information broadcast. N represents the total number of PFs in the DRX cycle. N s represents the number of POs included in a PF. PF_offset is used to determine the offset value of PF. UE_ID is the terminal device's (5G-s-TMSI mod 1024), and mod represents the modulo operation.
目前,终端设备除了可以直接与基站通信之外,还可以通过其他终端设备与基站通信。例如,在公共安全的场景下,中继终端设备可以作为远端终端设备的中继,使得远端终端设备能够通过中继终端设备与基站通信,这种技术称为UE2NW relay技术。例如,可参考图1,为中继场景的一种示意图。图1包括终端设备1、终端设备2、接入网设备以及核心网设备。该接入网设备是服务于终端设备1的接入网设备,核心网设备是服务于终端设备1和终端设备2的核心网设备,终端设备1是中继终端设备,终端设备2是远端终端设备,或者说,终端设备1为终端设备2提供中继服务。对于终端设备1为终端设备2提供中继服务可以理解为,终端设备2发送给该接入网设备的信息,通过终端设备1转发给该接入网设备,该接入网设备发送给终端设备2的信息,也通过终端设备1转发给终端设备2。At present, in addition to communicating with the base station directly, the terminal equipment can also communicate with the base station through other terminal equipment. For example, in a public security scenario, a relay terminal device can act as a relay for a remote terminal device, so that the remote terminal device can communicate with the base station through the relay terminal device. This technology is called UE2NW relay technology. For example, reference may be made to FIG. 1 , which is a schematic diagram of a relay scenario. FIG. 1 includes terminal equipment 1, terminal equipment 2, access network equipment and core network equipment. The access network equipment is the access network equipment serving the terminal equipment 1, the core network equipment is the core network equipment serving the terminal equipment 1 and the terminal equipment 2, the terminal equipment 1 is the relay terminal equipment, and the terminal equipment 2 is the remote terminal equipment. The terminal device, or in other words, the terminal device 1 provides a relay service for the terminal device 2 . For the terminal device 1 to provide the relay service for the terminal device 2, it can be understood that the information sent by the terminal device 2 to the access network device is forwarded to the access network device through the terminal device 1, and the access network device sends the information to the terminal device. The information of 2 is also forwarded to the terminal device 2 through the terminal device 1.
为了可以更好的控制远端终端设备,以及为了远端终端设备达到更好的省电效果,远端终端设备能够通过中继终端设备与基站建立端到端的无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接,即,远端终端设备对于网络来说是可见的,以实现网络对于远端终端设备的控制。In order to better control the remote terminal equipment and achieve better power saving effect, the remote terminal equipment can establish an end-to-end radio resource control (RRC, RRC) with the base station through the relay terminal equipment. ) connection, that is, the remote terminal device is visible to the network, so as to realize the control of the remote terminal device by the network.
由于远端终端设备是直接将远端终端设备的业务注册在了核心网,因此,核心网设备在有远端终端设备的业务时,将通过无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)对远端终端设备进行寻呼(paging),远端终端设备需要自行驻留在空口监听寻呼。由于Uu口的功耗较大,将会给远端终端设备带来较大的能耗。而且远端终端设备的一种典型的实现方式是,远端终端设备可通过智能手表或智能手环等穿戴式设备实现。在这种场景下,显然远端终端设备的电池容量不会太大,如果远端终端设备因自行驻留在空口监听寻呼而带来较大功耗,则会降低远端终端设备的使用时间,可能导致远端终端设备没有充足的电量供给正常使用,或者远端终端设备需要频繁充电,较为不便。Since the remote terminal equipment directly registers the services of the remote terminal equipment in the core network, when the core network equipment has the services of the remote terminal equipment, it will communicate with the remote terminal equipment through the radio access network (RAN). The end terminal device performs paging, and the remote terminal device needs to camp on the air interface to monitor paging. Since the power consumption of the Uu port is relatively large, it will bring relatively large energy consumption to the remote terminal equipment. Moreover, a typical implementation of the remote terminal device is that the remote terminal device can be implemented by a wearable device such as a smart watch or a smart bracelet. In this scenario, it is obvious that the battery capacity of the remote terminal device will not be too large. If the remote terminal device resides on the air interface to monitor paging by itself, resulting in greater power consumption, the usage of the remote terminal device will be reduced. Time, which may cause the remote terminal equipment to have insufficient power supply for normal use, or the remote terminal equipment needs to be charged frequently, which is inconvenient.
为了解决这个问题,可以由中继终端设备为远端终端设备监听寻呼,即,远端终端设备无需在Uu口监听寻呼,该工作由中继终端设备来完成。中继终端设备可以将监听的寻呼通过PC5接口发送给远端终端设备。例如可参考图2,为中继终端设备替远端终端设备监听寻呼的实现流程。In order to solve this problem, the relay terminal equipment can monitor the paging for the remote terminal equipment, that is, the remote terminal equipment does not need to monitor the paging on the Uu interface, and the work is done by the relay terminal equipment. The relay terminal device can send the monitored paging to the remote terminal device through the PC5 interface. For example, referring to FIG. 2 , it is an implementation flow for the relay terminal equipment to monitor paging for the remote terminal equipment.
S21、中继终端设备将系统信息发送给远端终端设备,远端终端设备接收来自中继终端设备的系统信息。S21. The relay terminal device sends the system information to the remote terminal device, and the remote terminal device receives the system information from the relay terminal device.
该系统信息来自基站,即,基站广播系统信息,中继终端设备接收来自基站的系统信息。之后,中继终端设备将该系统信息转发给远端终端设备。根据前文介绍可知,要计算PO和PF,需要获得小区广播的相应参数,该系统信息就可以包括这些参数。远端终端设备获得这些参数后,就能计算远端终端设备的PF和PO等。The system information comes from the base station, that is, the base station broadcasts the system information, and the relay terminal device receives the system information from the base station. Afterwards, the relay terminal device forwards the system information to the remote terminal device. According to the foregoing introduction, to calculate PO and PF, it is necessary to obtain the corresponding parameters broadcast by the cell, and the system information may include these parameters. After the remote terminal device obtains these parameters, the PF and PO of the remote terminal device can be calculated.
S22、远端终端设备向中继终端设备发送5G-S-TMSI和DRX周期,中继终端设备接收来自远端终端设备的5G-S-TMSI和DRX周期;或者,远端终端设备向中继终端设备发送远端终端设备的PO的信息,中继终端设备接收来自远端终端设备的PO的信息。S22, the remote terminal device sends the 5G-S-TMSI and DRX cycle to the relay terminal device, and the relay terminal device receives the 5G-S-TMSI and DRX cycle from the remote terminal device; or, the remote terminal device sends the relay The terminal device sends the PO information of the remote terminal device, and the relay terminal device receives the PO information from the remote terminal device.
该5G-S-TMSI是远端终端设备的5G-S-TMSI,该DRX周期是远端终端设备的DRX周期,该DRX周期是远端终端设备的specific DRX周期和系统信息包括的默认DRX周期这两者中的最小值。即,远端终端设备可以将远端终端设备的5G-S-TMSI和DRX周期发送给中继终端设备,从而中继终端设备可以根据该5G-S-TMSI计算远端终端设备的PO和PF,而用于计算PO和PF的其他的参数,包括在系统信息中,是中继终端设备能够获知的。或者,远端终端设备也可以直接将远端终端设备的PO的信息发送给中继终端设备,从而中继终端设备可以直接确定远端终端设备的PO。The 5G-S-TMSI is the 5G-S-TMSI of the remote terminal device, the DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the remote terminal device, and the DRX cycle is the specific DRX cycle of the remote terminal device and the default DRX cycle included in the system information the smallest of the two. That is, the remote terminal device can send the 5G-S-TMSI and DRX cycle of the remote terminal device to the relay terminal device, so that the relay terminal device can calculate the PO and PF of the remote terminal device according to the 5G-S-TMSI , and other parameters used to calculate PO and PF, which are included in the system information, can be known by the relay terminal device. Alternatively, the remote terminal device can also directly send the PO information of the remote terminal device to the relay terminal device, so that the relay terminal device can directly determine the PO of the remote terminal device.
S23、基站向中继终端设备发送寻呼消息,中继终端设备接收来自基站的寻呼消息。S23. The base station sends a paging message to the relay terminal device, and the relay terminal device receives the paging message from the base station.
中继终端设备能够确定远端终端设备的PO,则中继终端设备会在远端终端设备的PO到来时醒来,为远端终端设备监听寻呼。基站如果需要寻呼远端终端设备,也会在该PO进行寻呼。If the relay terminal device can determine the PO of the remote terminal device, the relay terminal device will wake up when the PO of the remote terminal device arrives, and monitor paging for the remote terminal device. If the base station needs to page the remote terminal equipment, it will also page at the PO.
例如该寻呼消息用于寻呼远端终端设备。当然,基站在发送寻呼消息之前,会先发送寻呼DCI,例如该寻呼DCI包括了寻呼消息的调度信息,则基站会再发送寻呼消息,中继终端设备接收该寻呼DCI后,也会再监听寻呼消息。For example, the paging message is used to page the remote terminal equipment. Of course, before sending the paging message, the base station will first send the paging DCI. For example, if the paging DCI includes the scheduling information of the paging message, the base station will send the paging message again. After the relay terminal device receives the paging DCI , it will also listen for paging messages again.
S24、中继终端设备将该寻呼消息发送给远端终端设备,远端终端设备接收来自中继终端设备的该寻呼消息。S24. The relay terminal device sends the paging message to the remote terminal device, and the remote terminal device receives the paging message from the relay terminal device.
中继终端设备知道远端终端设备的5G-S-TMSI,因此中继终端设备能够确定该寻呼消息是否用于寻呼远端终端设备。如果确定该寻呼消息是寻呼远端终端设备,则中继终端设备将该寻呼消息发送给远端终端设备。The relay terminal device knows the 5G-S-TMSI of the remote terminal device, so the relay terminal device can determine whether the paging message is used for paging the remote terminal device. If it is determined that the paging message is for paging the remote terminal equipment, the relay terminal equipment sends the paging message to the remote terminal equipment.
可见,对于中继终端设备来说,除了监听中继终端设备的寻呼之外,还为远端终端设备监听寻呼,并将远端终端设备的寻呼发送给远端终端设备。It can be seen that, for the relay terminal equipment, in addition to monitoring the paging of the relay terminal equipment, it also monitors the paging for the remote terminal equipment, and sends the paging of the remote terminal equipment to the remote terminal equipment.
中继终端设备为了监听远端终端设备的寻呼,需要在远端终端设备的PO上监听,而中继终端设备与远端终端设备的PO可能是不同的。那么,中继终端设备需要在除了中继终端设备的PO之外的额外的时间内醒来监听远端终端设备的寻呼,这增加了中继终端设备的功耗。In order to monitor the paging of the remote terminal device, the relay terminal device needs to monitor the PO of the remote terminal device, and the PO of the relay terminal device and the remote terminal device may be different. Then, the relay terminal device needs to wake up and monitor the paging of the remote terminal device in the extra time except the PO of the relay terminal device, which increases the power consumption of the relay terminal device.
因此,还有另一种方法,即,核心网设备在知晓了远端终端设备与中继终端设备之间的绑定关系(或者说,中继关系)后,如果需要寻呼远端终端设备,则会将远端终端设备的寻呼信息包括在中继终端设备的寻呼消息里发送下去。这样,中继终端设备只需监听中继终端设备的寻呼即可,在监听中继终端设备的寻呼时,可一并接收远端终端设备的寻呼。但这种方式下,需要将一个终端设备的寻呼信息通过另一个终端设备的寻呼消息下发,对核心网设备的影响非常大,系统需要升级,实现复杂度也较大。Therefore, there is another method, that is, after the core network device knows the binding relationship (or the relay relationship) between the remote terminal device and the relay terminal device, if it needs to page the remote terminal device , the paging information of the remote terminal equipment will be included in the paging message of the relay terminal equipment and sent. In this way, the relay terminal device only needs to monitor the paging of the relay terminal device, and when monitoring the paging of the relay terminal device, it can also receive the paging of the remote terminal device. However, in this way, the paging information of one terminal device needs to be delivered through the paging message of another terminal device, which has a great impact on the core network equipment, the system needs to be upgraded, and the implementation complexity is also relatively large.
鉴于此,本申请实施例还提供一种技术方案。一个终端设备的PO,与该终端设备的标识有关,如果两个终端设备的标识不同,则这两个终端设备的PO就可能不同。为此在 本申请实施例中,第一终端设备可以请求第一核心网设备更新第一终端设备的标识,因为第一核心网设备是根据第二终端设备的标识(例如,第一标识)来更新第一终端设备的标识,则根据更新后的第一终端设备的标识(例如,第二标识)确定的寻呼时机,与根据第一标识确定的寻呼时机,可能相同,或者也可能在时域上较为接近等。如果这两个寻呼时机相同,则第二终端设备可以在同一个寻呼时机既监听第一终端设备的寻呼也监听第二终端设备的寻呼,无需在额外的寻呼时机进行监听,有助于减小第二终端设备的功耗;或者,如果这两个寻呼时机在时域上较为接近,则第二终端设备在监听完其中一个终端设备的寻呼后,可以不必进入休眠状态,而是等另一个终端设备的寻呼监听完毕后再进入休眠状态,由于两个终端设备的寻呼时机在时域上较为接近,因此第二终端设备的这种等待所带来的功耗,可以小于第二终端设备休眠后再醒来所带来的功耗,因此,这也能减小第二终端设备的功耗。In view of this, the embodiments of the present application also provide a technical solution. The PO of a terminal device is related to the identification of the terminal device. If the identifications of two terminal devices are different, the POs of the two terminal devices may be different. For this reason, in this embodiment of the present application, the first terminal device may request the first core network device to update the identity of the first terminal device, because the first core network device obtains information based on the identity of the second terminal device (for example, the first identity) If the identity of the first terminal device is updated, the paging occasion determined according to the updated identity of the first terminal device (for example, the second identity) may be the same as the paging occasion determined according to the first identity, or it may be are relatively close in time domain. If the two paging occasions are the same, the second terminal device can monitor both the paging of the first terminal device and the paging of the second terminal device at the same paging occasion, without monitoring at additional paging occasions, Helps to reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device; or, if the two paging occasions are relatively close in the time domain, the second terminal device does not need to go to sleep after monitoring the paging of one of the terminal devices state, but to enter the sleep state after the paging monitoring of the other terminal equipment is completed. Since the paging timings of the two terminal equipments are relatively close in the time domain, the function brought by this waiting of the second terminal equipment The power consumption can be smaller than the power consumption caused by waking up after the second terminal device sleeps. Therefore, this can also reduce the power consumption of the second terminal device.
例如,用户现在可拥有很多种终端设备,例如手机、智能手表、智能手环或智能眼镜等,而目前除了手机之外,智能手表等设备也设置了拨打电话等功能,更方便用户的使用。例如可参考图3,智能手表能够与手机建立连接,从而通过手机接入网络,这种场景可以认为手机为智能手表提供中继服务。在这种场景下,智能手表可以通过手机接打电话,例如,有呼叫智能手表的来电,用户可通过手机接听,或者,用户通过智能手表拨打电话,在呼叫后用户也可以通过手机来通话,这样可以节省智能手表的功耗。然而一般来说,各个终端设备都需要监听寻呼。因此,即使智能手表的接打电话的功能都通过手机执行,用户未使用智能手表,但在一段时间后智能手表仍然会减少不少电量,即使智能手表处于RRC空闲态或RRC非活跃态,没有数据传输,但由于智能手表需要醒来监听PO,且许多监听是无用功,会导致智能手表消耗多余的功耗,电量减少更快,续航能力变差。而如果采用本申请实施例的技术方案,智能手表可通过手机监听寻呼,或者说手机可以为智能手表监听寻呼,从而智能手表无需在PO内醒来进行监听,从而可以有效节省智能手表的功耗。For example, users can now own many kinds of terminal devices, such as mobile phones, smart watches, smart bracelets or smart glasses, etc. Currently, in addition to mobile phones, smart watches and other devices are also equipped with functions such as making calls, which is more convenient for users to use. For example, referring to FIG. 3 , the smart watch can establish a connection with the mobile phone, so as to access the network through the mobile phone. In this scenario, it can be considered that the mobile phone provides a relay service for the smart watch. In this scenario, the smart watch can answer calls through the mobile phone. For example, if there is an incoming call to the smart watch, the user can answer it through the mobile phone. Or, the user can make a call through the smart watch. This saves the power consumption of the smartwatch. In general, however, each terminal device needs to monitor paging. Therefore, even if the smartwatch's functions of making and receiving calls are performed through the mobile phone, and the user does not use the smartwatch, the smartwatch will still reduce a lot of power after a period of time, even if the smartwatch is in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, no Data transmission, but because the smart watch needs to wake up to monitor the PO, and many monitors are useless, it will cause the smart watch to consume excess power consumption, the power will decrease faster, and the battery life will deteriorate. However, if the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are adopted, the smart watch can monitor the paging through the mobile phone, or the mobile phone can monitor the paging for the smart watch, so that the smart watch does not need to wake up in the PO to monitor, thereby effectively saving the smart watch’s time. power consumption.
在本申请的各个实施例中所述的,一个终端设备为另一个终端设备监听寻呼,可以理解为,一个终端设备为另一个终端设备监听寻呼DCI,或为另一个终端设备监听寻呼DCI和寻呼消息。例如,第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼,可以包括第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼DCI,或者,包括第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼DCI和寻呼消息。另外,在本申请的各个实施例中,“第二终端设备为第一终端设备监听寻呼”,这种描述等价于“第一终端设备通过第二终端设备监听寻呼”。同理,“第一终端设备为第二终端设备监听寻呼”,这种描述等价于“第二终端设备通过第一终端设备监听寻呼”。In the various embodiments of this application, a terminal device monitors paging for another terminal device, it can be understood that a terminal device monitors paging DCI for another terminal device, or monitors paging for another terminal device DCI and paging messages. For example, the second terminal device monitoring paging for the first terminal device may include the second terminal device monitoring paging DCI for the first terminal device, or the second terminal device monitoring paging DCI and paging for the first terminal device information. In addition, in various embodiments of the present application, "the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device", this description is equivalent to "the first terminal device monitors the paging through the second terminal device". Similarly, "the first terminal device monitors the paging for the second terminal device", this description is equivalent to "the second terminal device monitors the paging through the first terminal device".
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于第四代移动通信技术(the 4th generation,4G)系统中,例如LTE系统,或可以应用于5G系统中,例如NR系统,或者还可以应用于下一代移动通信系统或其他类似的通信系统,具体的不做限制。另外本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)场景,例如NR-D2D场景等,或者可以应用于车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X)场景,例如NR-V2X场景等,例如可应用于车联网,例如V2X、车与车(vehicle-to-vehicle,V2V)等,或可用于智能驾驶、辅助驾驶、或智能网联车等领域。The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a fourth generation mobile communication technology (the 4th generation, 4G) system, such as an LTE system, or can be applied to a 5G system, such as an NR system, or can also be applied to the next generation The mobile communication system or other similar communication systems are not specifically limited. In addition, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a device-to-device (D2D) scenario, such as an NR-D2D scenario, or can be applied to a vehicle to everything (V2X) scenario, such as NR-V2X scenarios, etc., for example, can be applied to the Internet of Vehicles, such as V2X, vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), etc., or can be used in fields such as intelligent driving, assisted driving, or intelligent networked vehicles.
本申请实施例的一种应用场景可参考图1。另外,可再参考图4,为本申请实施例的另一种应用场景示意图。图4包括终端设备1、终端设备2、接入网设备、核心网设备1 以及核心网设备2。该接入网设备是终端设备1接入的接入网设备,核心网设备1是服务于终端设备1的核心网设备,核心网设备2是服务于终端设备2的核心网设备,终端设备1是中继终端设备,终端设备2是远端终端设备,或者说,终端设备1为终端设备2提供中继服务。对于终端设备1为终端设备2提供中继服务可以理解为,终端设备2发送给该接入网设备的信息,通过终端设备1转发给该接入网设备,该接入网设备发送给终端设备2的信息,也通过终端设备1转发给终端设备2。For an application scenario of the embodiment of the present application, reference may be made to FIG. 1 . In addition, referring to FIG. 4 again, it is a schematic diagram of another application scenario of the embodiment of the present application. FIG. 4 includes terminal equipment 1 , terminal equipment 2 , access network equipment, core network equipment 1 , and core network equipment 2 . The access network device is the access network device accessed by the terminal device 1, the core network device 1 is the core network device serving the terminal device 1, the core network device 2 is the core network device serving the terminal device 2, and the terminal device 1 is a relay terminal device, and terminal device 2 is a remote terminal device. In other words, terminal device 1 provides relay service for terminal device 2. For the terminal device 1 to provide the relay service for the terminal device 2, it can be understood that the information sent by the terminal device 2 to the access network device is forwarded to the access network device through the terminal device 1, and the access network device sends the information to the terminal device. The information of 2 is also forwarded to the terminal device 2 through the terminal device 1.
例如,图1或图4中的终端设备2未处于网络覆盖范围内,或终端设备2不能够被网络直接服务,或终端设备2未设置Uu口,因此终端设备2可通过终端设备1接入网络。当然,终端设备2也可以是处于网络覆盖范围内,或终端设备2也可以具有Uu口等,这样的终端设备2也可以通过终端设备1接入网络。For example, the terminal device 2 in FIG. 1 or FIG. 4 is not within the coverage of the network, or the terminal device 2 cannot be directly served by the network, or the terminal device 2 does not have a Uu port set, so the terminal device 2 can be accessed through the terminal device 1. The internet. Of course, the terminal device 2 may also be within the coverage of the network, or the terminal device 2 may also have a Uu port or the like, and such a terminal device 2 may also access the network through the terminal device 1 .
图1或图4中的接入网设备例如为基站。其中,接入网设备在不同的系统对应不同的设备,例如在4G系统中可以对应eNB,在5G系统中对应5G中的接入网设备,例如gNB。当然本申请实施例所提供的技术方案也可以应用于未来的移动通信系统中,因此图1或图4中的接入网设备也可以对应未来的移动通信系统中的网络设备。图1或图4以接入网设备是基站为例,实际上参考前文的介绍,接入网设备还可以是RSU等设备。另外,图1或图4中的核心网设备例如为AMF,或者也可以是其他的核心网设备。The access network device in FIG. 1 or FIG. 4 is, for example, a base station. The access network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems, for example, in a 4G system, it may correspond to an eNB, and in a 5G system, it corresponds to an access network equipment in 5G, such as a gNB. Of course, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to future mobile communication systems, so the access network devices in FIG. 1 or FIG. 4 can also correspond to network devices in future mobile communication systems. FIG. 1 or FIG. 4 take the access network device being a base station as an example. In fact, referring to the foregoing introduction, the access network device may also be a device such as an RSU. In addition, the core network device in FIG. 1 or FIG. 4 is, for example, an AMF, or may also be other core network devices.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例所提供的方法。需要注意的是,本申请的各个实施例中,凡是涉及到终端设备与核心网设备之间的信息交互,都可以通过接入网设备从中转发,只是因为本申请实施例的方案不涉及接入网设备,因此在下文未提及。The methods provided by the embodiments of the present application are described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. It should be noted that, in the various embodiments of this application, any information exchange involving the terminal equipment and the core network equipment can be forwarded from the access network equipment, just because the solutions of the embodiments of this application do not involve access network equipment, so it is not mentioned below.
本申请实施例提供第一种通信方法,请参见图5,为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用于图1或图4所示的网络架构为例。An embodiment of the present application provides a first communication method. Please refer to FIG. 5 , which is a flowchart of the method. In the following introduction process, the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 4 as an example.
为了便于介绍,在下文中,以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例。下文所述的第一核心网设备为服务于第一终端设备的核心网设备,下文所述的第二核心网设备为服务于第二终端设备的核心网设备,第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备可以是同一个核心网设备,或者也可以是不同的核心网设备。第一核心网设备例如为第一AMF,第二核心网设备例如为第二AMF。For ease of introduction, in the following, the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example. The first core network device described below is the core network device serving the first terminal device, the second core network device described below is the core network device serving the second terminal device, the first core network device and the second core network device. The core network devices may be the same core network device, or may also be different core network devices. The first core network device is, for example, the first AMF, and the second core network device is, for example, the second AMF.
如果将本申请实施例应用在图1所示的网络架构,则下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图1所示的网络架构中的终端设备2(即,远端终端设备),下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图1所示的网络架构中的终端设备1(即,中继终端设备),下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图1所示的网络架构中的核心网设备,下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图1所示的网络架构中的核心网设备。可以看到,在这种场景下,第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是同一个核心网设备。If the embodiments of the present application are applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 , the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 , and the following The second terminal device described in the text may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 , and the first core network device described below may be the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 . The core network device in , the second core network device described below may also be the core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device.
或者,如果将本申请实施例应用在图4所示的网络架构,则下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图4所示的网络架构中的终端设备2(即,远端终端设备),下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图4所示的网络架构中的终端设备1(即,中继终端设备),下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图4所示的网络架构中的核心网设备1,下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图4所示的网络架构中的核心网设备2。可以看到,在这种场景下,第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是不同的核心网设备。Alternatively, if the embodiment of the present application is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 4 , the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4 . , the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4 , and the first core network device described below may be the one shown in FIG. 4 The core network device 1 in the network architecture and the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4 . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices.
S501、第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第一标识,相应的,第一终端设备接收来自第二终端设备的第一标识。S501. The second terminal device sends the first identifier to the first terminal device, and correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the first identifier from the second terminal device.
第二终端设备作为中继终端设备,如果中继终端设备需要节能,则可以执行本申请实施例提供的技术方案,通过更新第一终端设备的标识,可以使得第一终端设备和第二终端设备的寻呼时机尽量对齐,从而减小第二终端设备的功耗。或者,第二终端设备也可以根据第二终端设备服务的远端终端设备的数量,确定是否执行本申请实施例提供的技术方案。例如,第二终端设备服务的远端终端设备的数量较少,则即使这些远端终端设备的PO都与第二终端设备的PO不同,第二终端设备在各个远端终端设备的PO额外醒来为相应的远端终端设备监听寻呼,所需的功耗可能也不会很大,则第二终端设备就可以确定不必使得第一终端设备和第二终端设备的寻呼时机对齐,那么就不必执行本申请实施例提供的技术方案;而如果第二终端设备服务的远端终端设备的数量较多,则,如果这些远端终端设备的PO都与第二终端设备的PO不同,或者这些远端终端设备中有多个远端终端设备的PO都与第二终端设备的PO不同,第二终端设备在这些远端终端设备的PO额外醒来为相应的远端终端设备监听寻呼,所需的功耗就会比较大,则第二终端设备就可以确定要必使得第一终端设备和第二终端设备的寻呼时机尽量对齐,那么就可以执行本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The second terminal device acts as a relay terminal device. If the relay terminal device needs to save energy, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented. By updating the identifier of the first terminal device, the first terminal device and the second terminal device can be made The paging occasions of the two terminals are aligned as far as possible, thereby reducing the power consumption of the second terminal device. Alternatively, the second terminal device may also determine whether to execute the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application according to the number of remote terminal devices served by the second terminal device. For example, if the number of remote terminal devices served by the second terminal device is small, even if the PO of these remote terminal devices is different from the PO of the second terminal device, the second terminal device will wake up additionally in the PO of each remote terminal device. To monitor paging for the corresponding remote terminal equipment, the required power consumption may not be very large, then the second terminal equipment can determine that it is not necessary to align the paging timings of the first terminal equipment and the second terminal equipment, then It is not necessary to implement the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application; and if the number of remote terminal devices served by the second terminal device is large, then, if the PO of these remote terminal devices is different from the PO of the second terminal device, or Among these remote terminal devices, the POs of multiple remote terminal devices are different from those of the second terminal device, and the second terminal device additionally wakes up at the POs of these remote terminal devices to monitor paging for the corresponding remote terminal devices , the required power consumption will be relatively large, and the second terminal device can determine that it is necessary to align the paging timings of the first terminal device and the second terminal device as much as possible, and then the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be implemented. .
同样,第一终端设备在接收第一标识时,也可以决策是否要改变第一终端设备的PO。关于第一终端设备的决策方式,本申请实施例不做限制。Likewise, when the first terminal device receives the first identifier, it can also decide whether to change the PO of the first terminal device. Regarding the decision-making manner of the first terminal device, this embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
例如,第二终端设备可以通过PC5接口向第一终端设备发送第三消息,第三消息可包括第一标识。第三消息例如为PC5-RRC消息或PC5-信号(signaling,S)消息等。第一标识是第二终端设备的标识,第一标识可以用于确定第二终端设备的PO。例如,第一标识可以是第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI;或者,第一标识可以是第二终端设备的UE_ID,或者,第一标识也可以称为第一取值,无论第一标识是第二终端设备的UE_ID还是第一取值,都是指,第一标识是第二终端设备的(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024);或者,第一标识也可以是第二终端设备的其他标识,只要根据第一标识能够确定第二终端设备的PO即可。For example, the second terminal device may send a third message to the first terminal device through the PC5 interface, and the third message may include the first identifier. The third message is, for example, a PC5-RRC message or a PC5-signaling (S) message or the like. The first identifier is an identifier of the second terminal device, and the first identifier can be used to determine the PO of the second terminal device. For example, the first identifier may be the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device; alternatively, the first identifier may be the UE_ID of the second terminal device, or the first identifier may also be referred to as the first value, regardless of the first identifier Whether it is the UE_ID of the second terminal device or the first value, both means that the first identification is of the second terminal device (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024); or, the first identification can also be other identification, as long as the PO of the second terminal device can be determined according to the first identification.
对于一个终端设备来说,如果需要在某个PO监听寻呼,则该终端设备会在该PO醒来并监听寻呼。但该终端设备可能并不会在该PO结束时就立刻进入休眠状态,例如该终端设备在醒来后还可以进行其他操作,例如测量参考信号等,因此该终端设备可能在该PO结束后还会持续工作一段时间再进入休眠。例如,一个PO的时长可能是1秒,该终端设备可能会醒来20秒后再进入休眠。那么对于第二终端设备来说,如果第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO相同,则第二终端设备能够在第二终端设备的PO内监听第一终端设备的寻呼,如果第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO不相同,但如果第一终端设备的PO位于第二终端设备醒来的时间内,则第二终端设备也能为第一终端设备监听寻呼,且也不会带来因为专门醒来而导致的额外的功耗。For a terminal device, if it needs to monitor paging at a certain PO, the terminal device will wake up at the PO and monitor the paging. However, the terminal device may not enter the sleep state immediately after the PO ends. For example, the terminal device can perform other operations after waking up, such as measuring reference signals, etc. It will continue to work for a period of time and then go to sleep. For example, the duration of a PO may be 1 second, and the terminal device may wake up for 20 seconds and then go to sleep. Then for the second terminal device, if the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device are the same, the second terminal device can monitor the paging of the first terminal device in the PO of the second terminal device, if the first terminal device The PO of a terminal device is different from the PO of the second terminal device, but if the PO of the first terminal device is within the time when the second terminal device wakes up, the second terminal device can also monitor the paging for the first terminal device, And it will not bring extra power consumption caused by dedicated wake up.
第二终端设备醒来的时间,第二终端设备是知道的,因此,作为一种可选的实施方式,第二终端设备可以确定一个范围,例如称为第一范围,第一范围例如为第一终端设备的标识(这里是指,第一核心网设备待分配的标识)的取值范围,如果第一终端设备的标识属于第一范围,那么根据第一终端设备的标识所确定的寻呼时机就会位于第二终端设备醒来的时间内,例如第一标识可以属于第一范围;或者,第一范围例如为根据第一标识确定的PO和根据第一终端设备的标识(这里是指,第一核心网设备待分配的标识)确定的PO之间的时域距离所属的范围,如果这两个PO的时域距离属于该范围,那么第一终端设备的PO也就会位于第二终端设备醒来的时间内。或者说,如果第一范围为第一终端设备的标 识的取值范围,且第一终端设备的标识属于第一范围,则,根据第一标识确定的PO与根据第一终端设备的标识确定的PO就可以相同,或者,根据第一标识确定的PO与根据第一终端设备标识确定的PO之间的时域距离就可以小于第一阈值;或者,如果第一范围为根据第一标识确定的PO和根据第一终端设备的标识确定的PO之间的时域距离所属的范围,且根据第一标识确定的PO和根据第一终端设备的标识确定的PO之间的时域距离属于该范围,则,根据第一标识确定的PO与根据第一终端设备的标识确定的PO就可以相同,或者,根据第一标识确定的PO与根据第一终端设备标识确定的PO之间的时域距离就可以小于第一阈值。可理解为,只要这两个PO之间的时域距离小于第一阈值,或者这两个PO相同,则第一终端设备的PO就会位于第二终端设备醒来的时间内。其中,如果根据第一标识确定的PO与根据第一终端设备标识确定的PO之间的时域距离小于第一阈值,那么在这两个PO都会出现的一个DRX周期内,这两个PO可能在时域上部分重叠,或者也可能在时域上不重叠。The second terminal device knows the time when the second terminal device wakes up. Therefore, as an optional implementation manner, the second terminal device may determine a range, for example, called the first range, and the first range is, for example, the first range. A value range of the identifier of the terminal device (here, the identifier to be allocated by the first core network device), if the identifier of the first terminal device belongs to the first range, then the paging determined according to the identifier of the first terminal device The timing will be within the time when the second terminal device wakes up, for example, the first identifier may belong to the first scope; or, the first scope is, for example, the PO determined according to the first identifier and the identifier of the first terminal device (here refers to , the range to which the time domain distance between POs determined by the ID to be allocated by the first core network device) belongs, if the time domain distance of the two POs belongs to this range, then the PO of the first terminal device will also be located in the second The time that the end device wakes up. In other words, if the first range is the value range of the identity of the first terminal device, and the identity of the first terminal device belongs to the first range, then the PO determined according to the first identity and the PO determined according to the identity of the first terminal device The PO may be the same, or, the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identifier and the PO determined according to the first terminal device identifier may be smaller than the first threshold; or, if the first range is determined according to the first identifier The range to which the time domain distance between the PO and the PO determined according to the identification of the first terminal device belongs, and the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the first terminal device belongs to this range , then, the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the first terminal device may be the same, or the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the first terminal device can be smaller than the first threshold. It can be understood that as long as the time domain distance between the two POs is less than the first threshold, or the two POs are the same, the PO of the first terminal device will be within the time when the second terminal device wakes up. Wherein, if the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the first terminal device identification is smaller than the first threshold, then within a DRX cycle in which both POs appear, the two POs may Partially overlapping in time domain, or possibly non-overlapping in time domain.
另外,第一终端设备的标识属于第一范围,这里的标识例如是指第一终端设备的UE_ID。或者更为准确地说,应该是使得第一终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID属于第一范围。例如,第一终端设备的标识为5G-S-TMSI,则应该是使得第一终端设备的(5G-S-TMSI mod1024)的取值属于第一范围。In addition, the identifier of the first terminal device belongs to the first range, and the identifier here refers to, for example, the UE_ID of the first terminal device. Or to be more precise, the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the first terminal device should belong to the first range. For example, if the identifier of the first terminal device is 5G-S-TMSI, it should be such that the value of (5G-S-TMSI mod1024) of the first terminal device belongs to the first range.
例如,如果第一范围为第一终端设备的标识的取值范围,第一标识例如为第二终端设备的UE_ID,例如第一标识为758,那么第二终端设备可以根据第二终端设备醒来的时间来确定第一范围,例如第一范围为[648,798]。总之,第二终端设备需要使得第一范围能够满足,只要第一终端设备的标识属于第一范围,根据第一终端设备的标识所确定的PO就可以位于第二终端设备醒来的时间内。这里所述的,第一范围是第一终端设备的标识的取值范围,其中的第一终端设备的标识,可以是指第一终端设备的UE_ID。For example, if the first range is the value range of the identifier of the first terminal device, and the first identifier is, for example, the UE_ID of the second terminal device, for example, the first identifier is 758, then the second terminal device can wake up according to the second terminal device time to determine the first range, for example, the first range is [648,798]. In a word, the second terminal device needs to satisfy the first range. As long as the identifier of the first terminal device belongs to the first range, the PO determined according to the identifier of the first terminal device can be within the time when the second terminal device wakes up. As described here, the first range is a value range of the identifier of the first terminal device, where the identifier of the first terminal device may refer to the UE_ID of the first terminal device.
例如,如果第一范围为根据第一标识确定的PO和根据第一终端设备的标识确定的PO之间的时域距离所属的范围,那么,第一范围信息可以包括两个取值,这两个取值所构成的时域范围就是第一范围,例如第一范围信息包括的两个取值为0和10,则第一范围就是[0,10],单位例如为毫秒。或者,如果第一范围为根据第一标识确定的PO和根据第一终端设备的标识确定的PO之间的时域距离所属的范围,那么,第一范围信息也可以只包括一个取值,根据这一个取值同样可以确定一个范围,该范围就是第一范围。例如,第一范围信息包括的取值为10,那么,第一范围可以是[0,10],单位例如为毫秒。其中,如果第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO不同,则,第一终端设备的PO在时域上可以位于第二终端设备的PO之前,或者也可以位于第二终端设备的PO之后,只要这两个PO之间的时域距离位于第一范围内即可。For example, if the first range is the range to which the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the first terminal device belongs, then the first range information may include two values, which are two values. The time domain range constituted by each value is the first range. For example, if the first range information includes two values of 0 and 10, the first range is [0, 10], and the unit is, for example, milliseconds. Or, if the first range is the range to which the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the first terminal device belongs, then the first range information may also include only one value, according to This value can also determine a range, which is the first range. For example, if the value included in the first range information is 10, then the first range may be [0, 10], and the unit is, for example, milliseconds. Wherein, if the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device are different, the PO of the first terminal device may be located before the PO of the second terminal device in the time domain, or may also be located in the PO of the second terminal device After that, as long as the temporal distance between the two POs is within the first range.
例如,第二终端设备可将第一范围信息发送给第一终端设备,第一范围信息就可以指示第一范围。例如,第二终端设备可将第一范围信息也包括在第三消息中,一并发送给第一终端设备。For example, the second terminal device may send the first range information to the first terminal device, and the first range information may indicate the first range. For example, the second terminal device may also include the first range information in the third message and send it to the first terminal device together.
另外,作为一种可选的实施方式,第二终端设备还可以向第一终端设备发送第一周期,第一终端设备接收来自第二终端设备的第一周期,第一周期是第二终端设备的DRX周期(可以是第二设备在空闲态或者非激活态的DRX周期),即,第二终端设备可将第二终端设备的DRX周期告知第一终端设备。例如,第二终端设备可将第一周期也包括在第三消息中,一并发送给第一终端设备。In addition, as an optional implementation manner, the second terminal device may also send the first cycle to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device receives the first cycle from the second terminal device, and the first cycle is the second terminal device. The DRX cycle (which may be the DRX cycle of the second device in an idle state or an inactive state), that is, the second terminal device may inform the first terminal device of the DRX cycle of the second terminal device. For example, the second terminal device may also include the first period in the third message and send it to the first terminal device together.
S502、第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第二消息,相应的,第二终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的第二消息。第二消息包括第二周期。S502. The first terminal device sends a second message to the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the second message from the first terminal device. The second message includes the second period.
第一终端设备如果接收了第一周期,那么第一终端设备可以确定第二周期和第一周期的大小关系,第二周期是第一终端设备的DRX周期。如果第二周期大于或等于第一周期,那么,第二终端设备无需知道第一终端设备的DRX周期,第二终端设备只要按照第一周期来监听寻呼,就能监听到第一终端设备的寻呼,因此在这种情况下可以不必执行S502;或者,如果第二周期小于第一周期,即,远端终端设备的DRX周期小于中继终端设备的DRX周期,则可以执行S502。因此,S502是可选的步骤,在图5中用虚线表示。If the first terminal device receives the first cycle, the first terminal device may determine the magnitude relationship between the second cycle and the first cycle, where the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device. If the second period is greater than or equal to the first period, then the second terminal equipment does not need to know the DRX period of the first terminal equipment. paging, so S502 may not need to be performed in this case; or, if the second cycle is smaller than the first cycle, that is, the DRX cycle of the remote terminal device is smaller than the DRX cycle of the relay terminal device, S502 may be performed. Therefore, S502 is an optional step, which is represented by a dotted line in FIG. 5 .
因为,在第二周期小于第一周期的情况下,第二终端设备如果不知道第一终端设备的DRX周期,而是按照第一周期来为第一终端设备监听寻呼,就可能会错过一些寻呼。例如,第一周期是1.28秒,第二周期是640毫秒,核心网设备是按照640毫秒的间隔寻呼第一终端设备,如果第二终端设备是每隔1.28秒才监听,那么就可能会错过第一终端设备的寻呼。因此,如果第二周期小于第一周期,第一终端设备就可以向第二终端设备发送第二消息,通过第二消息将第一终端设备的DRX周期告知第二终端设备,以减小第二终端设备错过第一终端设备的寻呼的概率。Because, when the second period is less than the first period, if the second terminal device does not know the DRX period of the first terminal equipment, but monitors the paging for the first terminal equipment according to the first period, it may miss some paging. For example, the first period is 1.28 seconds, the second period is 640 milliseconds, and the core network device pages the first terminal device at an interval of 640 milliseconds. If the second terminal device listens every 1.28 seconds, it may miss Paging of the first terminal device. Therefore, if the second period is smaller than the first period, the first terminal device can send a second message to the second terminal device, and notify the second terminal device of the DRX period of the first terminal device through the second message, so as to reduce the second The probability that a terminal device misses a page of the first terminal device.
作为一种可选的实施方式,第二消息还可以包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息例如占用一个或多个比特(bit),第一指示信息可以指示(或者,建议)将DRX周期的长度修改为第二周期的长度。例如,第一指示信息占用1个比特,如果该比特的取值为“0”,表明无需修改DRX周期的长度;如果该比特的取值为“1”,表明建议修改DRX周期的长度。又例如,如果第二消息不包括第一指示信息,表明无需修改DRX周期的长度;如果第二消息包括第一指示信息,表明建议修改DRX周期的长度。即,如果第二周期小于第一周期,第一终端设备可以指示第二终端设备修改第二终端设备的DRX周期,以使得第二终端设备的修改后的DRX周期的长度与第二周期的长度相同,这样,第二终端设备就会按照第二周期来为第一终端设备监听寻呼,减小了错过第一终端设备的寻呼的概率。As an optional implementation manner, the second message may further include first indication information. For example, the first indication information occupies one or more bits (bits), and the first indication information may indicate (or suggest) that the DRX cycle The length is modified to the length of the second period. For example, the first indication information occupies 1 bit, if the value of this bit is "0", it indicates that the length of the DRX cycle does not need to be modified; if the value of this bit is "1", it indicates that it is recommended to modify the length of the DRX cycle. For another example, if the second message does not include the first indication information, it indicates that the length of the DRX cycle does not need to be modified; if the second message includes the first indication information, it indicates that it is recommended to modify the length of the DRX cycle. That is, if the second cycle is smaller than the first cycle, the first terminal device may instruct the second terminal device to modify the DRX cycle of the second terminal device so that the length of the modified DRX cycle of the second terminal device is the same as the length of the second cycle Similarly, in this way, the second terminal device will monitor the paging for the first terminal device according to the second cycle, which reduces the probability of missing the paging of the first terminal device.
或者,第二消息也可以不包括第一指示信息,第二消息包括的第二周期就可以隐式指示(或者,建议)将DRX周期的长度修改为第二周期的长度。这种方式下无需额外的指示信息,有助于节省信令开销。Alternatively, the second message may not include the first indication information, and the second cycle included in the second message may implicitly indicate (or suggest) modify the length of the DRX cycle to the length of the second cycle. In this way, no additional indication information is needed, which helps to save signaling overhead.
或者,第二消息也可以并不指示修改DRX周期,即,第二消息只是将第二周期发送给第二终端设备,而并不指示第二终端设备修改DRX周期。Alternatively, the second message may also not instruct to modify the DRX cycle, that is, the second message only sends the second cycle to the second terminal device without instructing the second terminal device to modify the DRX cycle.
S503、第二终端设备与第二核心网设备协商第二终端设备的DRX周期。其中,图5以第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是同一个核心网设备为例,即图5中的核心网设备。S503. The second terminal device negotiates the DRX cycle of the second terminal device with the second core network device. In FIG. 5 , it is taken as an example that the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device, that is, the core network device in FIG. 5 .
如果第二消息指示修改DRX周期的长度,则可以执行S503;或者,如果第二消息未指示修改DRX周期的长度,则可以执行S503,或者也可以不执行S503,在这种情况下是否要执行S503,可取决于第二终端设备的实现。可见,S503是可选的步骤,在图5中用虚线表示。If the second message indicates to modify the length of the DRX cycle, S503 may be executed; or, if the second message does not indicate to modify the length of the DRX cycle, then S503 may be executed, or S503 may not be executed, in this case whether to execute S503, which may depend on the implementation of the second terminal device. It can be seen that S503 is an optional step, which is represented by a dotted line in FIG. 5 .
例如,第二终端设备在与第二核心网设备协商时,可以向第二核心网设备发送第二原因值,第二原因值可以指示第二终端设备为中继终端设备,或者说,指示第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务,因此需要将第二终端设备的DRX周期调整为与第一终端设备的DRX周期一致。For example, when negotiating with the second core network device, the second terminal device may send a second cause value to the second core network device, and the second cause value may indicate that the second terminal device is a relay terminal device, or in other words, indicate the second cause value The second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, so the DRX cycle of the second terminal device needs to be adjusted to be consistent with the DRX cycle of the first terminal device.
例如,第二终端设备可以向第二核心网设备发送第一协商消息,第二核心网设备接收 来自第二终端设备的第一协商消息,第一协商消息例如为初始注册消息或者移动注册消息等。第一协商消息可包括第二终端设备所请求的DRX参数或者请求的拓展空闲态DRX参数等。第二核心网设备向第二终端设备发送第二协商消息,第二终端设备接收来自第二核心网设备的第二协商消息,第二协商消息例如为注册完成消息或其他消息。在第二协商消息中,可包括协商的DRX参数或者协商的拓展空闲态的DRX参数,用于指示DRX相关参数。至此可完成协商,或者,第二终端设备还可以进一步向第二核心网设备发送消息,以继续协商,以此类推,直到协商完毕。For example, the second terminal device may send a first negotiation message to the second core network device, and the second core network device receives the first negotiation message from the second terminal device, where the first negotiation message is, for example, an initial registration message or a mobile registration message, etc. . The first negotiation message may include the DRX parameter requested by the second terminal device or the requested extended idle state DRX parameter, and the like. The second core network device sends a second negotiation message to the second terminal device, and the second terminal device receives the second negotiation message from the second core network device, where the second negotiation message is, for example, a registration complete message or other messages. In the second negotiation message, the negotiated DRX parameters or the negotiated extended idle state DRX parameters may be included to indicate DRX related parameters. At this point, the negotiation can be completed, or the second terminal device can further send a message to the second core network device to continue the negotiation, and so on until the negotiation is completed.
第二终端设备通过与第二核心网设备的协商,可以使得通过协商确定的第二终端设备的DRX周期的长度与第二周期的长度相同。例如,将通过协商确定的第二终端设备的DRX周期称为第三周期,第三周期的长度与第二周期的长度可以相同。如果第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO不同,但这两个PO的时域距离小于第一阈值,则第二终端设备在监听完其中一个终端设备的寻呼后,可以不必进入休眠状态,而是等另一个终端设备的寻呼监听完毕后再进入休眠状态,由于两个终端设备的寻呼时机在时域上较为接近,因此第二终端设备的这种等待所带来的功耗,可以小于第二终端设备休眠后再醒来所带来的功耗。或者,如果第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO也相同,那么,第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO就可以实现完全重叠,第二终端设备只需在第二终端设备的PO醒来进行监听,就能监听第二终端设备的寻呼,也能监听第一终端设备的寻呼。例如可参考图6,为第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO完全重叠(或者说,完全对齐,或者说,相同)的示意图。图6中的T表示第一终端设备的DRX周期(例如第二周期),第一终端设备的DRX周期的长度和第二终端设备的DRX周期(例如第三周期)的长度相同,因此第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO完全重叠,因此图6中的矩形框既表示第一终端设备的PO,也表示第二终端设备的PO。Through negotiation with the second core network device, the second terminal device can make the length of the DRX cycle of the second terminal device determined through negotiation to be the same as the length of the second cycle. For example, the DRX cycle of the second terminal device determined through negotiation is referred to as the third cycle, and the length of the third cycle and the length of the second cycle may be the same. If the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device are different, but the time domain distance between the two POs is less than the first threshold, the second terminal device does not need to enter the page after monitoring the paging of one of the terminal devices. In the dormant state, it will enter the dormant state after the paging monitoring of the other terminal equipment is completed. Since the paging timings of the two terminal equipments are relatively close in the time domain, the waiting time of the second terminal equipment brings about The power consumption may be smaller than the power consumption caused by waking up after the second terminal device sleeps. Alternatively, if the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device are also the same, then the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device can be completely overlapped, and the second terminal device only needs to When the PO of the device wakes up to monitor, it can monitor the paging of the second terminal device and the paging of the first terminal device. For example, referring to FIG. 6 , it is a schematic diagram showing that the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device completely overlap (or are completely aligned, or are the same). T in FIG. 6 represents the DRX cycle (eg, the second cycle) of the first terminal device. The length of the DRX cycle of the first terminal device is the same as the length of the DRX cycle (eg, the third cycle) of the second terminal device. Therefore, the first The PO of the terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device completely overlap, so the rectangular box in FIG. 6 represents both the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device.
如果第二终端设备接收了第二消息,表明第二周期小于第一周期,但第二终端设备也可以不与第二核心网设备协商以重新确定第二终端设备的DRX周期,即,第二终端设备的DRX周期仍然是第一周期。在这种情况下,第二终端设备既按照第一周期监听第二终端设备的寻呼,也会按照第二周期来监听第一终端设备的寻呼。在这种情况下,对于第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO都会出现的一个DRX周期来说,第二终端设备的PO和第一终端设备的PO(是指,根据后文将要介绍的第二标识所确定的PO)可以是对齐的(即,第二终端设备的PO和第一终端设备的PO相同),则在该DRX周期中,第二终端设备只需在第二终端设备的PO处醒来监听即可,无需在额外的PO中再醒来。可见,即使第二终端设备不修改第二终端设备的DRX周期,也能减小第二终端设备因监听寻呼而带来的功耗。If the second terminal device receives the second message, it indicates that the second cycle is smaller than the first cycle, but the second terminal device may not negotiate with the second core network device to re-determine the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, that is, the second The DRX cycle of the terminal device is still the first cycle. In this case, the second terminal device not only monitors the paging of the second terminal device according to the first cycle, but also monitors the paging of the first terminal device according to the second cycle. In this case, for a DRX cycle in which both the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device appear, the PO of the second terminal device and the PO of the first terminal device (meaning, according to the following will be The PO determined by the introduced second identifier can be aligned (that is, the PO of the second terminal device is the same as the PO of the first terminal device), then in this DRX cycle, the second terminal device only needs to It is enough to wake up and monitor at the PO of the device, and there is no need to wake up in an additional PO. It can be seen that even if the second terminal device does not modify the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, the power consumption of the second terminal device due to monitoring paging can be reduced.
或者,但是对于第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO都会出现的一个DRX周期来说,如果第二终端设备的PO和第一终端设备的PO(是指,根据后文将要介绍的第二标识所确定的PO)也可以不同,但这两个PO的时域距离小于第一阈值,则第二终端设备在监听完其中一个终端设备的寻呼后,可以不必进入休眠状态,而是等另一个终端设备的寻呼监听完毕后再进入休眠状态,由于两个终端设备的寻呼时机在时域上较为接近,因此第二终端设备的这种等待所带来的功耗,可以小于第二终端设备休眠后再醒来所带来的功耗。可见,即使第二终端设备不修改第二终端设备的DRX周期,也能减小第二终端设备因监听寻呼而带来的功耗。例如可参考图7,为第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO不完 全重叠(或者说,时域距离小于第一阈值)的示意图。图7中的T1表示第一周期,T2表示第二周期。第二周期的长度小于第二周期的长度,则在第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO都会出现的一个DRX周期内,第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO可能部分重叠,也可能不重叠,图7以第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO不重叠为例。图7中空白的矩形框表示第一终端设备的PO,画斜线的矩形框表示第二终端设备的PO。Or, but for a DRX cycle in which both the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device appear, if the PO of the second terminal device and the PO of the first terminal device (meaning, according to the following will be introduced) The PO) determined by the second identifier may also be different, but the time domain distance of the two POs is less than the first threshold, then the second terminal device does not need to enter the dormant state after monitoring the paging of one of the terminal devices, but It is to wait for the paging monitoring of the other terminal device to complete before entering the sleep state. Since the paging timings of the two terminal devices are relatively close in the time domain, the power consumption caused by the waiting of the second terminal device can be reduced. It is less than the power consumption caused by waking up after the second terminal device sleeps. It can be seen that even if the second terminal device does not modify the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, the power consumption of the second terminal device due to monitoring paging can be reduced. For example, reference may be made to FIG. 7 , which is a schematic diagram showing that the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device do not completely overlap (or in other words, the time domain distance is smaller than the first threshold). T1 in FIG. 7 represents the first cycle, and T2 represents the second cycle. The length of the second period is less than the length of the second period, then in a DRX period in which both the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device appear, the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device may be partially It may overlap or not. FIG. 7 takes the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device as an example that do not overlap. In FIG. 7 , the blank rectangular box represents the PO of the first terminal device, and the oblique-lined rectangular box represents the PO of the second terminal device.
另外可参考图8,为第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO不同的示意图,图8所示的,是第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO完全不同的情况,即,第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO不同,且第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO之间的时域距离也大于或等于第一阈值。图8中的T1表示第一终端设备的DRX周期,T2表示第二终端设备的DRX周期,例如第一终端设备的DRX周期的长度小于第二终端设备的DRX周期的长度。图8中空白的矩形框表示第一终端设备的PO,画斜线的矩形框表示第二终端设备的PO。可以看到,在两个PO都会出现的一个DRX周期内,这两个PO的时域距离较远,第二终端设备在其中一个PO监听完毕后,即使还执行了测量参考信号等操作,在执行完毕后另一个PO可能也还未开始,因此第二终端设备需要进入休眠,在另一个PO开始时再次醒来监听寻呼。显然,相较于图6所示的场景或图7所示的场景,图8所示的场景对于第二终端设备的功率是损耗较多的。根据这几个附图可以知晓,通过采用本申请实施例提供的方法,能够使得第二终端设备达到节能的目的。In addition, reference may be made to FIG. 8 , which is a schematic diagram showing that the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device are different. As shown in FIG. 8 , the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device are completely different, that is, , the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device are different, and the time domain distance between the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device is also greater than or equal to the first threshold. T1 in FIG. 8 represents the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and T2 represents the DRX cycle of the second terminal device. For example, the length of the DRX cycle of the first terminal device is smaller than the length of the DRX cycle of the second terminal device. In FIG. 8 , the blank rectangular box represents the PO of the first terminal device, and the oblique-lined rectangular box represents the PO of the second terminal device. It can be seen that in a DRX cycle in which both POs appear, the time-domain distance between the two POs is relatively far. After the execution is completed, another PO may not be started yet, so the second terminal device needs to go to sleep, and wake up again to monitor paging when another PO starts. Obviously, compared with the scenario shown in FIG. 6 or the scenario shown in FIG. 7 , the scenario shown in FIG. 8 consumes more power for the second terminal device. It can be known from these several drawings that by adopting the method provided by the embodiments of the present application, the purpose of energy saving for the second terminal device can be achieved.
S504、第一终端设备向第一核心网设备发送第一消息,相应的,第一核心网设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一消息。如为非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)消息。例如第一消息可复用已有的消息,例如第一消息可以是注册请求(registeration request)消息,或者也可以是其他NAS消息,例如也可以是注册过程中的其他NAS消息,或者也可以是注册完毕后的其他NAS消息。或者,第一消息也可以是本申请实施例新增的消息,专用于发送终端设备的标识。S504. The first terminal device sends the first message to the first core network device, and correspondingly, the first core network device receives the first message from the first terminal device. Such as non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS) message. For example, the first message may reuse an existing message, for example, the first message may be a registration request (registeration request) message, or may be other NAS messages, such as other NAS messages in the registration process, or may be Other NAS messages after registration is complete. Alternatively, the first message may also be a newly added message in this embodiment of the present application, which is dedicated to sending the identifier of the terminal device.
第一消息可以包括第一标识,第一消息用于请求根据第一标识更新第一终端设备的标识。其中,第一消息可以包括第二指示信息,第二指示信息可以用于请求根据第一标识更新第一终端设备的标识,例如第二指示信息可以占用一个或多个比特。或者,第一消息也可以不包括第二指示信息,第一标识就可以隐式指示根据第一标识更新第一终端设备的标识。可选的,第一消息还可以包括第一原因值,第一原因值可以指示第一终端设备为远端终端设备,或者说,指示第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务,因此第一终端设备需要根据第二终端设备的标识(即,第一标识)来设置第一终端设备的标识。The first message may include a first identification, and the first message is used to request to update the identification of the first terminal device according to the first identification. The first message may include second indication information, and the second indication information may be used to request to update the identity of the first terminal device according to the first identity, for example, the second indication information may occupy one or more bits. Alternatively, the first message may not include the second indication information, and the first identifier may implicitly indicate to update the identifier of the first terminal device according to the first identifier. Optionally, the first message may further include a first cause value, and the first cause value may indicate that the first terminal device is a remote terminal device, or in other words, instruct the second terminal device to provide relay services for the first terminal device, so The first terminal device needs to set the identity of the first terminal device according to the identity of the second terminal device (ie, the first identity).
作为一种可选的实施方式,第一消息还可以包括第一范围信息。其中,所述的第一范围信息可以是第二终端设备发送给第一终端设备的,第一终端设备可将第一范围信息添加到第一消息中转发给第一核心网设备。或者,第一终端设备也可以对来自第二终端设备的第一范围信息进行处理后再发送给第一核心网设备。例如,第二终端设备发送给第一终端设备的第一范围信息指示的第一范围是第一终端设备的标识所属的范围,那么第一终端设备可以根据该第一范围确定根据第一标识确定的PO和根据第一终端设备的标识确定的PO之间的时域距离所属的范围,从而第一终端设备发送给第一核心网设备的第一范围信息指示的第一范围可以是根据第一标识确定的PO和根据第一终端设备的标识确定的PO之间的时域距离所属的范围。即,第二终端设备发送给第一终端设备的第一范围信息,和第一终端设备发送给第一核心网设备的第一范围信息,可以是同种信息,例如指示的第一范围 都是第一终端设备的标识所属的范围,或者也可以是不同的信息,例如第二终端设备发送给第一终端设备的第一范围信息指示的第一范围为第一终端设备的标识所属的范围,而第一终端设备发送给第一核心网设备的第一范围信息指示的第一范围为根据第一标识确定的PO和根据第一终端设备的标识确定的PO之间的时域距离所属的范围。As an optional implementation manner, the first message may further include first range information. The first range information may be sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device may add the first range information to the first message and forward it to the first core network device. Alternatively, the first terminal device may also process the first range information from the second terminal device before sending it to the first core network device. For example, the first range indicated by the first range information sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device is the range to which the identifier of the first terminal device belongs, and then the first terminal device may determine the determination based on the first identifier according to the first range The range to which the time domain distance between the PO and the PO determined according to the identity of the first terminal device belongs, so that the first range indicated by the first range information sent by the first terminal device to the first core network device may be based on the first range. Identify the range to which the time domain distance between the determined PO and the PO determined according to the identity of the first terminal device belongs. That is, the first range information sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device and the first range information sent by the first terminal device to the first core network device may be the same type of information, for example, the indicated first range is both The range to which the identifier of the first terminal device belongs, or different information, for example, the first range indicated by the first range information sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device is the range to which the identifier of the first terminal device belongs, The first range indicated by the first range information sent by the first terminal device to the first core network device is the range to which the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the first terminal device belongs to .
S505、第一核心网设备根据第一标识为第一终端设备分配新的标识,例如将分配的新的标识称为第二标识。S505: The first core network device allocates a new identity to the first terminal device according to the first identity, for example, the allocated new identity is called a second identity.
如果第一消息不包括第一范围信息,那么第一核心网设备分配的第二标识对应的UE_ID可以与第二标识对应的UE_ID相同。使得第二标识对应的UE_ID可以与第二标识对应的UE_ID相同,就能使得根据第一标识确定的PO和根据第二标识确定的PO相同。例如,第二标识可以是第一终端设备的5G-全球唯一临时UE标识(globally unique temporary UE identity,GUTI),或者是第一终端设备的5G-S-TMSI,或者也可以是第一终端设备的其他标识。第一标识例如为第二终端设备的UE_ID,或者为第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI等。但无论第二标识是何种类型的标识,第二标识对应的UE_ID都与第一标识对应的UE_ID相同。例如,第一标识为第二终端设备的UE_ID,第二标识为第一终端设备的5G-S-TMSI,则第二标识对应的UE_ID就是第一终端设备的(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024),使得该取值与第一标识相同即可;又例如,第一标识为第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI,第二标识为第一终端设备的5G-GUTI,则第二标识对应的UE_ID就是第一终端设备的5G-GUTI的低10位,使得该取值与第二终端设备的(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024)相同即可。If the first message does not include the first range information, the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier allocated by the first core network device may be the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier. The UE_ID corresponding to the second identification can be the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the second identification, so that the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the second identification can be the same. For example, the second identifier may be the 5G-globally unique temporary UE identity (globally unique temporary UE identity, GUTI) of the first terminal device, or the 5G-S-TMSI of the first terminal device, or may also be the first terminal device other identifiers. The first identifier is, for example, the UE_ID of the second terminal device, or the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device, or the like. However, no matter what type of identification the second identification is, the UE_ID corresponding to the second identification is the same as the UE_ID corresponding to the first identification. For example, if the first identifier is the UE_ID of the second terminal device, and the second identifier is the 5G-S-TMSI of the first terminal device, the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier is the UE_ID of the first terminal device (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) , so that the value is the same as the first identifier; for another example, if the first identifier is the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device, and the second identifier is the 5G-GUTI of the first terminal device, then the corresponding UE_ID is the lower 10 bits of the 5G-GUTI of the first terminal device, so that the value is the same as (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the second terminal device.
或者,如果第一消息包括第一范围信息,那么第一核心网设备可以根据第一范围信息和第一标识来为第一终端设备分配新的标识。第一核心网设备分配的第二标识对应的UE_ID与第二标识对应的UE_ID可以相同,或者也可以不同,总之需要满足,第二标识对应的UE_ID属于第一范围,或者满足,根据第二标识对应的UE_ID确定的PO和第二标识对应的UE_ID确定的PO之间的时域距离属于第一范围。例如,第一范围信息所指示的第一范围为第一终端设备的标识所属的范围,例如第一范围为[648,798],则第一核心网设备可以从第一范围内挑选一个取值分配给第一终端设备,例如第一核心网设备为第一终端设备分配的是第二标识,则该取值就是第二标识对应的UE_ID的取值。又例如,第一范围信息所指示的第一范围为根据第一标识确定的PO和根据第一终端设备的标识确定的PO之间的时域距离所属的范围,则第一核心网设备可以从第一范围内挑选一个取值,根据该取值和第一标识,就能确定一个标识,例如为第二标识,则,根据第一标识确定的PO和根据第一终端设备的标识确定的PO之间的时域距离就是该取值,而该取值就属于第一范围。Alternatively, if the first message includes the first range information, the first core network device may allocate a new identity to the first terminal device according to the first range information and the first identity. The UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier allocated by the first core network device may be the same as or different from the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier. In short, it needs to be satisfied that the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier belongs to the first range, or it is satisfied that according to the second identifier The time domain distance between the PO determined by the corresponding UE_ID and the PO determined by the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier belongs to the first range. For example, the first range indicated by the first range information is the range to which the identifier of the first terminal device belongs. For example, the first range is [648,798], then the first core network device can select a value from the first range and assign it to If the first terminal device, for example, the first core network device allocates the second identifier to the first terminal device, the value is the value of the UE_ID corresponding to the second identifier. For another example, the first range indicated by the first range information is the range to which the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the first terminal device belongs, then the first core network device can Select a value within the first range, and according to the value and the first identification, an identification can be determined, such as the second identification, then, the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the first terminal device The time domain distance between is the value, and the value belongs to the first range.
第一核心网设备根据第一标识来为第一终端设备分配新的标识,可以使得根据第一标识确定的PO与根据第二标识确定的PO相同,或,使得根据第一标识确定的PO与根据第二标识确定的PO之间的时域距离小于第一阈值,无论是哪种情况,根据如上的分析可知,都能够减小第二终端设备因为监听寻呼所带来的功耗。The first core network device allocates a new identity to the first terminal device according to the first identity, so that the PO determined according to the first identity is the same as the PO determined according to the second identity, or the PO determined according to the first identity is the same as the PO determined according to the second identity. The time domain distance between the POs determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold. In any case, according to the above analysis, the power consumption of the second terminal device due to monitoring paging can be reduced.
S506、第一核心网设备将第二标识发送给第一终端设备,第一终端设备接收来自第一核心网设备的第二标识。S506: The first core network device sends the second identifier to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device receives the second identifier from the first core network device.
第一核心网设备在为第一终端设备分配第二标识后,可将第二标识发送给第一终端设备,从而第一终端设备可以获知第一终端设备的新的标识。例如,第一核心网设备可以将第二标识包括在第四消息中发送给第一终端设备,第四消息可以复用现有的消息,例如可 以是注册完成(registeration complete)消息,或者是配置更新命令消息(configuration update command message),或者,第四消息也可以是本申请实施例新增的消息,专用于向终端设备发送标识。After allocating the second identification to the first terminal device, the first core network device may send the second identification to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device may learn the new identification of the first terminal device. For example, the first core network device may include the second identifier in a fourth message and send it to the first terminal device, and the fourth message may reuse existing messages, such as a registration complete message, or a configuration An update command message (configuration update command message), or the fourth message may also be a newly added message in the embodiment of the present application, which is dedicated to sending an identifier to the terminal device.
S507、第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第二标识,第二终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的第二标识。S507: The first terminal device sends the second identifier to the second terminal device, and the second terminal device receives the second identifier from the first terminal device.
第一终端设备在获得第二标识后,可以将第二标识发送给第二终端设备。这样,第二终端设备在为第一终端设备监听寻呼时,如果监听到寻呼消息,可以确定该寻呼消息是否包括了第二标识,如果包括第二标识,表明第一终端设备被寻呼,则第二终端设备再将该寻呼消息发送给第一终端设备,而如果该寻呼消息不包括第二标识,表明第一终端设备未被寻呼,则第二终端设备可以不必将该寻呼消息发送给第一终端设备,例如第二终端设备可以丢弃该寻呼消息。通过这种方式,可以减少第二终端设备与第一终端设备之间的信息交互,节省传输开销,也能减少第一终端设备接收的冗余信息,提高第一终端设备接收的信息的有效性。After obtaining the second identification, the first terminal device may send the second identification to the second terminal device. In this way, when the second terminal device monitors paging for the first terminal device, if it monitors a paging message, it can determine whether the paging message includes the second identifier, and if it includes the second identifier, it indicates that the first terminal device is being paged If the paging message does not include the second identifier, indicating that the first terminal device is not paged, the second terminal device does not need to send the paging message to the first terminal device. The paging message is sent to the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device can discard the paging message. In this way, information interaction between the second terminal device and the first terminal device can be reduced, transmission overhead can be saved, redundant information received by the first terminal device can also be reduced, and the validity of the information received by the first terminal device can be improved. .
或者,第一终端设备也可以不向第二终端设备发送第二标识,即,不执行S507。因为第二终端设备执行了S501,表明第二终端设备已经启动了要对齐第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO的过程。那么,即使第二终端设备不知道第二标识,第二终端设备也会按照第二周期为第一终端设备监听寻呼,即,第二终端设备会按照第二周期,在其中的每个DRX周期的PO内醒来为第一终端设备监听寻呼。只是,如果第二终端设备不知道第二标识,则第二终端设备无法确定第一终端设备是否被寻呼,在这种情况下,如果第二终端设备按照第二周期监听到寻呼消息,第二终端设备就会将该寻呼消息发送给第一终端设备,由第一终端设备自行确定是否被寻呼。这种方式能够减轻第二终端设备的负担,但第一终端设备需要接收的寻呼消息可能会较多。可见,S507是可选的步骤,在图5中用虚线表示。Alternatively, the first terminal device may also not send the second identification to the second terminal device, that is, S507 is not performed. Because the second terminal device executes S501, it indicates that the second terminal device has started the process of aligning the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device. Then, even if the second terminal device does not know the second identifier, the second terminal device will monitor the paging for the first terminal device according to the second cycle, that is, the second terminal device will, according to the second cycle, monitor each DRX in the Wake up within the periodic PO to monitor paging for the first terminal device. However, if the second terminal device does not know the second identifier, the second terminal device cannot determine whether the first terminal device is paged. In this case, if the second terminal device monitors the paging message according to the second cycle, The second terminal device will send the paging message to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device can determine by itself whether to be paged. This way can reduce the burden of the second terminal device, but the first terminal device may need to receive more paging messages. It can be seen that S507 is an optional step, which is represented by a dotted line in FIG. 5 .
另外,第一终端设备可以进入RRC非连接态。例如,RRC非连接态可以是RRC空闲态,或者也可以是RRC非激活态。例如,第一终端设备可以在执行S507之前以及执行S506之后进入RRC非连接态,或者,第一终端设备也可以在执行S507之后再进入RRC非连接态。第一终端设备进入RRC非连接态的方式可以是,第一终端设备向接入网设备发送请求消息,接入网设备接收来自第一终端设备的请求消息,该请求消息可用于请求进入RRC非连接态。之后,接入网设备向第一终端设备发送确认消息,该确认消息用于指示第一终端设备进入RRC非连接态,则第一终端设备就进入RRC非连接态。In addition, the first terminal device may enter the RRC disconnected state. For example, the RRC disconnected state may be the RRC idle state, or may also be the RRC inactive state. For example, the first terminal device may enter the RRC disconnected state before executing S507 and after executing S506, or the first terminal device may also enter the RRC disconnected state after executing S507. The first terminal device enters the RRC disconnected state in a manner that the first terminal device sends a request message to the access network device, and the access network device receives the request message from the first terminal device, and the request message can be used to request to enter the RRC disconnected state. connected state. After that, the access network device sends a confirmation message to the first terminal device, where the confirmation message is used to instruct the first terminal device to enter the RRC disconnected state, and the first terminal device enters the RRC disconnected state.
S508、第二终端设备进入RRC非连接态。例如,RRC非连接态可以是RRC空闲态,或者也可以是RRC非激活态。S508, the second terminal device enters the RRC disconnected state. For example, the RRC disconnected state may be the RRC idle state, or may also be the RRC inactive state.
S509、核心网设备按照第二周期寻呼第一终端设备,第二终端设备按照第二周期监听来自核心网设备的寻呼。S509: The core network device pages the first terminal device according to the second cycle, and the second terminal device monitors the paging from the core network device according to the second cycle.
第二终端设备知道第二标识,因此可以根据第二标识确定第一终端设备的PO,从而第二终端设备在第一终端设备的PO为第一终端设备监听寻呼。或者,如果第一终端设备未将第二标识发送给第二终端设备,则第二终端设备可在第二终端设备的PO为第一终端设备监听寻呼,或者,第二终端设备在第二终端设备的PO所处的醒来时间内都可以为第一终端设备监听寻呼。因为第一终端设备的PO和第二终端设备的PO相同,或者时域距离小于第一阈值,因此第二终端设备依然能监听到第一终端设备的寻呼。The second terminal device knows the second identifier, and therefore can determine the PO of the first terminal device according to the second identifier, so that the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device at the PO of the first terminal device. Or, if the first terminal device does not send the second identification to the second terminal device, the second terminal device can monitor the paging for the first terminal device at the PO of the second terminal device, or the second terminal device can monitor the page on the second terminal device. The PO of the terminal device can monitor paging for the first terminal device during the wake-up time of the PO of the terminal device. Because the PO of the first terminal device and the PO of the second terminal device are the same, or the time domain distance is less than the first threshold, the second terminal device can still monitor the paging of the first terminal device.
S510、第二终端设备将寻呼消息发送给第一终端设备,第一终端设备接收来自第二终 端设备的寻呼消息。S510. The second terminal device sends the paging message to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device receives the paging message from the second terminal device.
其中,S509和S510是可选的步骤,在图5中用虚线表示。Among them, S509 and S510 are optional steps, which are represented by dotted lines in FIG. 5 .
如果第一终端设备将第二标识发送给了第二终端设备,则第二终端设备在为第一终端设备监听寻呼时,如果监听到寻呼消息,可以确定该寻呼消息是否包括了第二标识,如果包括第二标识,表明第一终端设备被寻呼,则第二终端设备再将该寻呼消息发送给第一终端设备,而如果该寻呼消息不包括第二标识,表明第一终端设备未被寻呼,则第二终端设备可以不必将该寻呼消息发送给第一终端设备,例如第二终端设备可以丢弃该寻呼消息。通过这种方式,可以减少第二终端设备与第一终端设备之间的信息交互,节省传输开销,也能减少第一终端设备接收的冗余信息,提高第一终端设备接收的信息的有效性。If the first terminal device sends the second identifier to the second terminal device, when monitoring the paging for the first terminal device, the second terminal device can determine whether the paging message includes the Second identification, if the second identification is included, it indicates that the first terminal device is paged, and the second terminal device sends the paging message to the first terminal device, and if the paging message does not include the second identification, it indicates that the first terminal device is paged. If a terminal device is not paged, the second terminal device may not need to send the paging message to the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device may discard the paging message. In this way, information interaction between the second terminal device and the first terminal device can be reduced, transmission overhead can be saved, redundant information received by the first terminal device can also be reduced, and the validity of the information received by the first terminal device can be improved. .
或者,如果第一终端设备没有向第二终端设备发送第二标识,则第二终端设备也会按照第二周期为第一终端设备监听寻呼。只是,因为第二终端设备不知道第二标识,则第二终端设备无法确定第一终端设备是否被寻呼。在这种情况下,如果第二终端设备按照第二周期监听到寻呼消息,第二终端设备就会将该寻呼消息发送给第一终端设备,由第一终端设备自行确定是否被寻呼。这种方式能够减轻第二终端设备的负担,但第一终端设备需要接收的寻呼消息可能会较多。Alternatively, if the first terminal device does not send the second identifier to the second terminal device, the second terminal device will also monitor paging for the first terminal device according to the second cycle. However, because the second terminal device does not know the second identifier, the second terminal device cannot determine whether the first terminal device is paged. In this case, if the second terminal device monitors the paging message according to the second cycle, the second terminal device will send the paging message to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device will determine whether to be paged by itself. . This way can reduce the burden of the second terminal device, but the first terminal device may need to receive more paging messages.
当然,核心网设备也可以按照第一周期(或,第三周期)寻呼第二终端设备,第二终端设备也可以按照第一周期(或,第三周期)监听来自核心网设备的寻呼,对此不多赘述。Of course, the core network device may also page the second terminal device according to the first cycle (or, the third cycle), and the second terminal device may also monitor the paging from the core network device according to the first cycle (or, the third cycle). , without further elaboration.
在本申请实施例中,第一终端设备可以请求更新第一终端设备的标识,使得第一终端设备的PO与第二终端设备的PO尽量对齐,从而第二终端设备不会因为监听第一终端设备的寻呼而在额外的时间再醒来,节省第二终端设备的功耗。In this embodiment of the present application, the first terminal device may request to update the identity of the first terminal device, so that the PO of the first terminal device is aligned with the PO of the second terminal device as much as possible, so that the second terminal device will not monitor the first terminal device because of monitoring the first terminal device. The device wakes up at an extra time after paging, saving the power consumption of the second terminal device.
在图5所示的实施例中,是由远端终端设备(例如,第一终端设备)请求更新第二终端设备的标识,以使得第一终端设备的PO与第二终端设备的PO尽量对齐。或者,还可以有另一种方式,即,中继终端设备(例如,第二终端设备)也可以请求更新中继终端设备的标识,这样也能使得第一终端设备的PO与第二终端设备的PO尽量对齐。鉴于此,本申请实施例提供第二种通信方法,在该方法中,第二终端设备可以请求更新第二终端设备的标识。请参考图9,为该方法的流程图。例如,第二终端设备如果只为一个终端设备(例如第一终端设备)提供中继服务,那么既可以采用图5所示的实施例提供的方法,也可以采用图9所示的实施例提供的方法;或者,第二终端设备如果为多个终端设备提供中继服务,那么,如果采用图9所示的实施例提供的方法,则第二终端设备只能与其中一个终端设备尽量对齐PO,但对于其他的终端设备,第二终端设备还是需要在额外的时间内醒来监听寻呼,因此,如果是这种情况,则优选是采用图5所示的实施例提供的方法。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , the remote terminal device (for example, the first terminal device) requests to update the identifier of the second terminal device, so that the PO of the first terminal device is aligned with the PO of the second terminal device as much as possible . Alternatively, there may also be another way, that is, the relay terminal device (for example, the second terminal device) can also request to update the identifier of the relay terminal device, so that the PO of the first terminal device can be connected to the second terminal device. The PO is as aligned as possible. In view of this, the embodiment of the present application provides a second communication method, in which the second terminal device may request to update the identity of the second terminal device. Please refer to FIG. 9 , which is a flowchart of the method. For example, if the second terminal device only provides a relay service for one terminal device (for example, the first terminal device), the method provided by the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 may be used, or the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 may be used to provide the relay service. or, if the second terminal device provides relay services for multiple terminal devices, then, if the method provided by the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 is adopted, the second terminal device can only align the PO with one of the terminal devices as much as possible. , but for other terminal devices, the second terminal device still needs to wake up in an extra time to monitor paging. Therefore, if this is the case, the method provided by the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 is preferably used.
在下文的介绍过程中,以第二种通信方法应用于图1或图4所示的网络架构为例。In the following introduction process, it is taken as an example that the second communication method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 4 .
为了便于介绍,在下文中,以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例。下文所述的第一核心网设备为服务于第一终端设备的核心网设备,下文所述的第二核心网设备为服务于第二终端设备的核心网设备,第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备可以是同一个核心网设备,或者也可以是不同的核心网设备。第一核心网设备例如为第一AMF,第二核心网设备例如为第二AMF。For ease of introduction, in the following, the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example. The first core network device described below is the core network device serving the first terminal device, the second core network device described below is the core network device serving the second terminal device, the first core network device and the second core network device. The core network devices may be the same core network device, or may also be different core network devices. The first core network device is, for example, the first AMF, and the second core network device is, for example, the second AMF.
如果将本申请实施例应用在图1所示的网络架构,则下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图1所示的网络架构中的终端设备2(即,远端终端设备),下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图1所示的网络架构中的终端设备1(即,中继终端设备),下文中所述的第一核心 网设备可以是图1所示的网络架构中的核心网设备,下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图1所示的网络架构中的核心网设备。可以看到,在这种场景下,第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是同一个核心网设备。If the embodiments of the present application are applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 , the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 , and the following The second terminal device described in the text may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 , and the first core network device described below may be the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 . The core network device in , the second core network device described below may also be the core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device.
或者,如果将本申请实施例应用在图4所示的网络架构,则下文中所述的第一终端设备可以是图4所示的网络架构中的终端设备2(即,远端终端设备),下文中所述的第二终端设备可以是图4所示的网络架构中的终端设备1(即,中继终端设备),下文中所述的第一核心网设备可以是图4所示的网络架构中的核心网设备1,下文中所述的第二核心网设备也可以是图4所示的网络架构中的核心网设备2。可以看到,在这种场景下,第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是不同的核心网设备。Alternatively, if the embodiment of the present application is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 4 , the first terminal device described below may be the terminal device 2 (ie, the remote terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4 . , the second terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 (ie, the relay terminal device) in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4 , and the first core network device described below may be the one shown in FIG. 4 The core network device 1 in the network architecture and the second core network device described below may also be the core network device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4 . It can be seen that in this scenario, the first core network device and the second core network device are different core network devices.
S901、第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一标识,第二终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一标识。在本申请实施例中,第一标识是第一终端设备的标识。S901. The first terminal device sends the first identifier to the second terminal device, and the second terminal device receives the first identifier from the first terminal device. In this embodiment of the present application, the first identifier is an identifier of the first terminal device.
第二终端设备作为中继终端设备,如果中继终端设备需要节能,则可以执行本申请实施例提供的技术方案,通过更新第二终端设备的标识,可以使得第一终端设备和第二终端设备的寻呼时机尽量对齐,从而减小第二终端设备的功耗。或者,第二终端设备也可以根据第二终端设备服务的远端终端设备的数量,确定是否执行本申请实施例提供的技术方案。例如,第二终端设备服务的远端终端设备只有一个(例如,第一终端设备),则即使远端终端设备的PO与第二终端设备的PO不同,第二终端设备在该远端终端设备的PO额外醒来为该远端终端设备监听寻呼,所需的功耗可能也不会很大,则第二终端设备就可以确定不必使得第一终端设备和第二终端设备的寻呼时机对齐,那么就不必执行本申请实施例提供的技术方案;或者,即使第二终端设备服务的远端终端设备只有一个(例如,第一终端设备),但第二终端设备因为要节省功耗,也可以执行本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The second terminal device acts as a relay terminal device. If the relay terminal device needs to save energy, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented. By updating the identifier of the second terminal device, the first terminal device and the second terminal device can be The paging occasions of the two terminals are aligned as far as possible, thereby reducing the power consumption of the second terminal device. Alternatively, the second terminal device may also determine whether to execute the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application according to the number of remote terminal devices served by the second terminal device. For example, if there is only one remote terminal device (for example, the first terminal device) served by the second terminal device, even if the PO of the remote terminal device is different from the PO of the second terminal device, the second terminal device is in the remote terminal device. The PO additionally wakes up to monitor paging for the remote terminal device, and the required power consumption may not be very large, so the second terminal device can determine that it is not necessary to make the paging timing of the first terminal device and the second terminal device. Alignment, then it is not necessary to implement the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application; or, even if there is only one remote terminal device (for example, the first terminal device) served by the second terminal device, the second terminal device needs to save power consumption. The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may also be implemented.
例如,第一终端设备可以通过PC5接口向第二终端设备发送第二消息,第二消息可包括第一标识。第二消息例如为PC5-RRC消息或PC5-S消息等。第一标识是第一终端设备的标识,第一标识可以用于确定第一终端设备的PO。例如,第一标识可以是第一终端设备的5G-S-TMSI;或者,第一标识可以是第一终端设备的UE_ID,在这种情况下,第一标识也可以称为第一取值,无论第一标识是第一终端设备的UE_ID还是第一取值,都是指,第一标识是第一终端设备的(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024);或者,第一标识也可以是第一终端设备的其他标识,只要根据第一标识能够确定第一终端设备的PO即可。For example, the first terminal device may send a second message to the second terminal device through the PC5 interface, and the second message may include the first identifier. The second message is, for example, a PC5-RRC message or a PC5-S message. The first identifier is an identifier of the first terminal device, and the first identifier can be used to determine the PO of the first terminal device. For example, the first identifier may be the 5G-S-TMSI of the first terminal device; or, the first identifier may be the UE_ID of the first terminal device, in this case, the first identifier may also be referred to as the first value, Regardless of whether the first identifier is the UE_ID of the first terminal device or the first value, it means that the first identifier is of the first terminal device (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024); or, the first identifier may also be the first identifier. Other identifiers of the terminal device only need to be able to determine the PO of the first terminal device according to the first identifier.
可选的,第一终端设备还可以将第一周期发送给第二终端设备,第二终端设备可接收来自第一终端设备的第一周期。第一周期是第一终端设备的DRX周期。因为第一周期是取第一终端设备的specific DRX周期和系统信息广播的默认DRX周期中的最小值,那么,如果第一周期是第一终端设备的specific DRX周期,则第一周期是有可能小于第二终端设备的DRX周期的(第二终端设备的DRX周期有可能是系统信息广播的默认DRX周期),如果是这种情况,第二终端设备如果不知道第一终端设备的DRX周期,而是按照第二终端设备的DRX周期来为第一终端设备监听寻呼,如果第二终端设备的DRX周期的长度大于第一周期的长度,第二终端设备就可能会错过一些寻呼。因此在这种情况下,第一终端设备可以将第一周期发送给第二终端设备。Optionally, the first terminal device may also send the first cycle to the second terminal device, and the second terminal device may receive the first cycle from the first terminal device. The first cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device. Because the first cycle is the minimum value between the specific DRX cycle of the first terminal device and the default DRX cycle of system information broadcast, then if the first cycle is the specific DRX cycle of the first terminal device, the first cycle is possible is smaller than the DRX cycle of the second terminal device (the DRX cycle of the second terminal device may be the default DRX cycle of the system information broadcast), if this is the case, if the second terminal device does not know the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, Instead, the first terminal device monitors paging according to the DRX cycle of the second terminal device. If the length of the DRX cycle of the second terminal device is greater than the length of the first cycle, the second terminal device may miss some pages. So in this case, the first terminal device can send the first cycle to the second terminal device.
或者,如果第一周期是系统信息广播的默认DRX周期,那么,第二终端设备的DRX周期只会大于或等于第一终端设备的DRX周期(第二终端设备的DRX周期如果也是该默认DRX周期,则第二终端设备的DRX周期的长度等于第一周期的长度,或者,第二终端 设备的DRX周期如果是第二终端设备的specific DRX周期,则第二终端设备的DRX周期的长度小于第一周期的长度)。如果是这种情况,那么,第二终端设备无需知道第一终端设备的DRX周期,第二终端设备只要按照第二终端设备的DRX周期来监听寻呼,就能监听到第一终端设备的寻呼。因此在这种情况下,第一终端设备也可以不将第一周期发送给第二终端设备。Or, if the first cycle is the default DRX cycle of the system information broadcast, then the DRX cycle of the second terminal device can only be greater than or equal to the DRX cycle of the first terminal device (if the DRX cycle of the second terminal device is also the default DRX cycle , the length of the DRX cycle of the second terminal device is equal to the length of the first cycle, or, if the DRX cycle of the second terminal device is the specific DRX cycle of the second terminal device, the length of the DRX cycle of the second terminal device is less than the length of the first cycle. length of one cycle). If this is the case, then the second terminal device does not need to know the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second terminal device can monitor the paging of the first terminal device as long as it monitors the paging according to the DRX cycle of the second terminal device. call. Therefore, in this case, the first terminal device may also not send the first cycle to the second terminal device.
如果第一终端设备要将第一周期发送给第二终端设备,则第一终端设备可将第一周期添加到第二消息中一并发送给第二终端设备。If the first terminal device is to send the first cycle to the second terminal device, the first terminal device may add the first cycle to the second message and send it to the second terminal device.
S902、第二终端设备向第二核心网设备发送第一消息,相应的,第二核心网设备接收来自第二终端设备的第一消息。第一消息例如为NAS消息。例如第一消息可复用已有的消息,例如第一消息可以是注册请求,或者也可以是其他NAS消息,例如也可以是注册过程中的其他NAS消息,或者也可以是注册完毕后的其他NAS消息。或者,第一消息也可以是本申请实施例新增的消息,专用于发送终端设备的标识。S902. The second terminal device sends the first message to the second core network device, and correspondingly, the second core network device receives the first message from the second terminal device. The first message is, for example, a NAS message. For example, the first message can reuse existing messages, for example, the first message can be a registration request, or it can be other NAS messages, such as other NAS messages during the registration process, or other NAS messages after the registration is completed. NAS messages. Alternatively, the first message may also be a newly added message in this embodiment of the present application, which is dedicated to sending the identifier of the terminal device.
第一消息可包括第一标识,第一消息可用于请求根据第一标识更新第二终端设备的标识。其中,第一消息可以包括指示信息,指示信息可以用于请求根据第一标识更新第二终端设备的标识,例如指示信息可以占用一个或多个比特。或者,第一消息也可以不包括指示信息,第一标识就可以隐式指示根据第一标识更新第二终端设备的标识。可选的,第一消息还可以包括第一原因值,第一原因值可以指示第二终端设备为中继终端设备,或者说,指示第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务,因此第二终端设备需要根据第一终端设备的标识(即,第一标识)来设置第二终端设备的标识。The first message may include the first identification, and the first message may be used to request to update the identification of the second terminal device according to the first identification. The first message may include indication information, and the indication information may be used to request to update the identity of the second terminal device according to the first identity. For example, the indication information may occupy one or more bits. Alternatively, the first message may not include the indication information, and the first identifier may implicitly instruct to update the identifier of the second terminal device according to the first identifier. Optionally, the first message may further include a first cause value, and the first cause value may indicate that the second terminal device is a relay terminal device, or in other words, instruct the second terminal device to provide a relay service for the first terminal device, so The second terminal device needs to set the identity of the second terminal device according to the identity of the first terminal device (ie, the first identity).
作为一种可选的实施方式,第二终端设备可以确定一个范围,例如称为第一范围,第一范围例如为第二终端设备的标识(这里是指,第一核心网设备待分配的标识)的取值范围,如果第二终端设备的标识属于第一范围,那么根据第一终端设备的标识所确定的寻呼时机就会位于第二终端设备醒来的时间内,例如第一标识可以属于第一范围;或者,第一范围例如为根据第一标识确定的PO和根据第二终端设备的标识(这里是指,第一核心网设备待分配的标识)确定的PO之间的时域距离所属的范围,如果这两个PO的时域距离属于该范围,那么第一终端设备的PO也就会位于第二终端设备醒来的时间内。或者说,如果第一范围为第二终端设备的标识的取值范围,且第二终端设备的标识属于第一范围,则,根据第一标识确定的PO与根据第二终端设备的标识确定的PO就可以相同,或者,根据第一标识确定的PO与根据第二终端设备标识确定的PO之间的时域距离就可以小于第一阈值;或者,如果第一范围为根据第一标识确定的PO和根据第二终端设备的标识确定的PO之间的时域距离所属的范围,且根据第一标识确定的PO和根据第二终端设备的标识确定的PO之间的时域距离属于该范围,则,根据第一标识确定的PO与根据第二终端设备的标识确定的PO就可以相同,或者,根据第一标识确定的PO与根据第二终端设备标识确定的PO之间的时域距离就可以小于第一阈值。可理解为,只要这两个PO之间的时域距离小于第一阈值,或者这两个PO相同,则第一终端设备的PO就会位于第二终端设备醒来的时间内。其中,如果根据第一标识确定的PO与根据第二终端设备标识确定的PO之间的时域距离小于第一阈值,那么在这两个PO都会出现的一个DRX周期内,这两个PO可能在时域上部分重叠,或者也可能在时域上不重叠。As an optional implementation manner, the second terminal device may determine a range, for example, referred to as the first range, and the first range is, for example, the identifier of the second terminal device (here, the identifier to be allocated by the first core network device ) value range, if the identity of the second terminal equipment belongs to the first range, then the paging occasion determined according to the identity of the first terminal equipment will be within the time when the second terminal equipment wakes up, for example, the first identity can be belong to the first range; or, the first range is, for example, the time domain between the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the second terminal device (here, the identification to be allocated by the first core network device) The range to which the distance belongs. If the time domain distance of the two POs belongs to this range, then the PO of the first terminal device will also be within the time when the second terminal device wakes up. In other words, if the first range is the value range of the identity of the second terminal device, and the identity of the second terminal device belongs to the first range, then the PO determined according to the first identity and the PO determined according to the identity of the second terminal device The PO may be the same, or, the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identifier and the PO determined according to the second terminal device identifier may be smaller than the first threshold; or, if the first range is determined according to the first identifier The range to which the time domain distance between the PO and the PO determined according to the identification of the second terminal device belongs, and the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the second terminal device belongs to this range , then, the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the second terminal equipment may be the same, or the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the identification of the second terminal equipment can be smaller than the first threshold. It can be understood that as long as the time domain distance between the two POs is less than the first threshold, or the two POs are the same, the PO of the first terminal device will be within the time when the second terminal device wakes up. Wherein, if the time domain distance between the PO determined according to the first identification and the PO determined according to the second terminal device identification is less than the first threshold, then in a DRX cycle in which both POs appear, the two POs may Partially overlapping in time domain, or possibly non-overlapping in time domain.
另外,第一终端设备的标识属于第一范围,这里的标识例如是指第一终端设备的UE_ID。或者更为准确地说,应该是使得第一终端设备的标识对应的UE_ID属于第一范围。 例如,第一终端设备的标识为5G-S-TMSI,则应该是使得第一终端设备的(5G-S-TMSI mod1024)的取值属于第一范围。In addition, the identifier of the first terminal device belongs to the first range, and the identifier here refers to, for example, the UE_ID of the first terminal device. Or to be more precise, the UE_ID corresponding to the identifier of the first terminal device should belong to the first range. For example, if the identifier of the first terminal device is 5G-S-TMSI, it should be such that the value of (5G-S-TMSI mod1024) of the first terminal device belongs to the first range.
关于第一范围信息或第一范围的更多介绍,可参考图5所示的实施例中的S501。For more introduction of the first range information or the first range, reference may be made to S501 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
例如,第二终端设备可将第一范围信息发送给第二核心网设备,第一范围信息就可以指示第一范围。例如,第二终端设备可将第一范围信息也包括在第一消息中,一并发送给第二核心网设备。For example, the second terminal device may send the first range information to the second core network device, and the first range information may indicate the first range. For example, the second terminal device may also include the first range information in the first message, and send it to the second core network device together.
S903、第二核心网设备根据第一标识为第二终端设备分配新的标识,例如将分配的新的标识称为第二标识。S903, the second core network device allocates a new identity to the second terminal device according to the first identity, for example, the allocated new identity is called a second identity.
关于第二核心网设备分配第二标识的更多介绍,可参考图5所示的实施例中的S505。For more introduction about the allocation of the second identifier by the second core network device, reference may be made to S505 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
S904、第二核心网设备将第二标识发送给第二终端设备,第二终端设备接收来自第二核心网设备的第二标识。S904: The second core network device sends the second identifier to the second terminal device, and the second terminal device receives the second identifier from the second core network device.
例如,第二核心网设备可以将第二标识包括在第三消息中发送给第一终端设备,第三消息可以复用现有的消息,例如可以是注册完成消息,或者是配置更新命令消息,或者,第三消息也可以是本申请实施例新增的消息,专用于向终端设备发送标识。For example, the second core network device may include the second identifier in a third message and send it to the first terminal device, and the third message may reuse existing messages, such as a registration complete message or a configuration update command message, Alternatively, the third message may also be a newly added message in this embodiment of the present application, and is dedicated to sending an identifier to the terminal device.
S905、第二终端设备进入RRC非连接态。例如,RRC非连接态可以是RRC空闲态,或者也可以是RRC非激活态。S905, the second terminal device enters an RRC disconnected state. For example, the RRC disconnected state may be the RRC idle state, or may also be the RRC inactive state.
另外,在第二终端设备进入RRC非连接态之前,第一终端设备可以先进入RRC非连接态。对于第一终端设备究竟在何时进入RRC非连接态,本申请实施例不做限制。例如,第一终端设备可以在执行S901之前就已进入RRC非连接态,或者,第一终端设备可以在执行S901之后进入RRC非连接态,等等。In addition, before the second terminal device enters the RRC disconnected state, the first terminal device may first enter the RRC disconnected state. Exactly when the first terminal device enters the RRC disconnected state is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For example, the first terminal device may enter the RRC disconnected state before executing S901, or the first terminal device may enter the RRC disconnected state after executing S901, and so on.
S906、核心网设备按照第二周期寻呼第一终端设备,第二终端设备按照第二周期监听来自核心网设备的寻呼。S906: The core network device pages the first terminal device according to the second cycle, and the second terminal device monitors the paging from the core network device according to the second cycle.
第二终端设备知道第一标识,第二终端设备可以根据第一标识确定第一终端设备的PO,从而第二终端设备在第一终端设备的PO为第一终端设备监听寻呼。The second terminal device knows the first identifier, and the second terminal device can determine the PO of the first terminal device according to the first identifier, so that the second terminal device monitors the paging for the first terminal device at the PO of the first terminal device.
S907、第二终端设备将寻呼消息发送给第一终端设备,第一终端设备接收来自第二终端设备的寻呼消息。S907: The second terminal device sends the paging message to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device receives the paging message from the second terminal device.
其中,S906和S907是可选的步骤,在图9中用虚线表示。Among them, S906 and S907 are optional steps, which are represented by dotted lines in FIG. 9 .
在本申请实施例中,第一终端设备将第一标识发送给了第二终端设备,如果第一标识是第一终端设备的5G-S-TMSI,则第二终端设备在为第一终端设备监听寻呼时,如果监听到寻呼消息,可以确定该寻呼消息是否包括了第一标识,如果包括第一标识,表明第一终端设备被寻呼,则第二终端设备再将该寻呼消息发送给第一终端设备,而如果该寻呼消息不包括第一标识,表明第一终端设备未被寻呼,则第二终端设备可以不必将该寻呼消息发送给第一终端设备,例如第二终端设备可以丢弃该寻呼消息。通过这种方式,可以减少第二终端设备与第一终端设备之间的信息交互,节省传输开销,也能减少第一终端设备接收的冗余信息,提高第一终端设备接收的信息的有效性。In this embodiment of the present application, the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the second terminal device. If the first identifier is the 5G-S-TMSI of the first terminal device, the second terminal device is the first terminal device. When monitoring paging, if a paging message is monitored, it can be determined whether the paging message includes the first identifier. If the first identifier is included, it indicates that the first terminal device is being paged, and the second terminal device will then paging the paging message. The message is sent to the first terminal device, and if the paging message does not include the first identifier, indicating that the first terminal device is not paged, the second terminal device may not need to send the paging message to the first terminal device, for example The second terminal device may discard the paging message. In this way, information interaction between the second terminal device and the first terminal device can be reduced, transmission overhead can be saved, redundant information received by the first terminal device can also be reduced, and the validity of the information received by the first terminal device can be improved. .
或者,如果第一标识是第一终端设备的UE_ID,而寻呼消息里携带的可能是第一终端设备的其他标识,例如第一终端设备的5G-S-TMSI,那么第二终端设备无法获得第一终端设备的其他标识。第二终端设备依然会按照第二周期为第一终端设备监听寻呼。只是,因为第二终端设备不知道第一终端设备的完整标识,则第二终端设备无法确定第一终端设备是否被寻呼。在这种情况下,如果第二终端设备按照第二周期监听到寻呼消息,第二终端 设备就会将该寻呼消息发送给第一终端设备,由第一终端设备自行确定是否被寻呼。这种方式能够减轻第二终端设备的负担,但第一终端设备需要接收的寻呼消息可能会较多。Or, if the first identifier is the UE_ID of the first terminal device, and the paging message may carry other identifiers of the first terminal device, such as the 5G-S-TMSI of the first terminal device, then the second terminal device cannot obtain the Other identifiers of the first terminal device. The second terminal device will still monitor the paging for the first terminal device according to the second cycle. However, because the second terminal device does not know the complete identification of the first terminal device, the second terminal device cannot determine whether the first terminal device is paged. In this case, if the second terminal device monitors the paging message according to the second cycle, the second terminal device will send the paging message to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device will determine whether to be paged by itself. . This way can reduce the burden of the second terminal device, but the first terminal device may need to receive more paging messages.
当然,核心网设备也可以按照第二终端设备的DRX周期寻呼第二终端设备,第二终端设备也可以按照第二终端设备的DRX周期监听来自核心网设备的寻呼,对此不多赘述。Of course, the core network device can also page the second terminal device according to the DRX cycle of the second terminal device, and the second terminal device can also monitor the paging from the core network device according to the DRX cycle of the second terminal device. .
在本申请实施例中,第二终端设备可以请求更新第二终端设备的标识,使得第二终端设备的PO与第一终端设备的PO尽量对齐,从而第二终端设备不会因为监听第一终端设备的寻呼而在额外的时间再醒来,节省第二终端设备的功耗。In this embodiment of the present application, the second terminal device may request to update the identity of the second terminal device, so that the PO of the second terminal device is aligned with the PO of the first terminal device as much as possible, so that the second terminal device will not monitor the first terminal device because of monitoring the first terminal device. The device wakes up at an extra time after paging, saving the power consumption of the second terminal device.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例中用来实现上述方法的装置。因此,上文中的内容均可以用于后续实施例中,重复的内容不再赘述。The apparatus for implementing the above method in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Therefore, the above content can be used in subsequent embodiments, and repeated content will not be repeated.
图10为本申请实施例提供的通信装置1000的示意性框图。示例性地,通信装置1000例如为第一终端设备1000。示例性地,第一终端设备1000例如为图5所示的实施例所述的第一终端设备。FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, the communication apparatus 1000 is, for example, the first terminal device 1000 . Exemplarily, the first terminal device 1000 is, for example, the first terminal device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
第一终端设备1000包括发送模块1020和接收模块1030。可选的,第一终端设备1000还可以包括处理模块1010。示例性地,第一终端设备1000可以是终端设备,也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述第一终端设备功能的组合器件、部件等。当第一终端设备1000是终端设备时,发送模块1020可以是发射器,发射器可以包括天线和射频电路等,接收模块1030可以是接收器,接收器可以包括天线和射频电路等,其中,发射器和接收器可以分别是不同的模块,或者,发射器和接收器可以设置在同一功能模块中,该功能模块可称为收发器,处理模块1010可以是处理器(或者,处理电路),例如基带处理器,基带处理器中可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU)。当第一终端设备1000是具有上述第一终端设备功能的部件时,发送模块1020可以是射频单元,接收模块也可以是射频单元,其中,发射器和接收器可以分别是不同的模块,或者,发射器和接收器可以设置在同一功能模块中,该功能模块可以是射频单元,处理模块1010可以是处理器(或者,处理电路),例如基带处理器。当第一终端设备1000是芯片系统时,发送模块1020可以是芯片(例如基带芯片)的输出接口、接收模块1030可以是芯片的输入接口(或者,如果输入接口和输出接口可以是同一接口,那么认为发送模块1020和接收模块1030是同一功能模块,即,芯片的输入输出接口)、处理模块1010可以是芯片系统的处理器(或者,处理电路),处理器可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元。应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块1010可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件(或者,处理电路)实现,接收模块1030可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现,发送模块1020可以由发射器或发射器相关电路组件实现。The first terminal device 1000 includes a sending module 1020 and a receiving module 1030 . Optionally, the first terminal device 1000 may further include a processing module 1010 . Exemplarily, the first terminal device 1000 may be a terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the terminal device or other combined devices, components, etc. having the functions of the above-mentioned first terminal device. When the first terminal device 1000 is a terminal device, the sending module 1020 may be a transmitter, the transmitter may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., the receiving module 1030 may be a receiver, and the receiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., wherein the transmission The transmitter and the receiver may be different modules, or the transmitter and the receiver may be provided in the same functional module, which may be referred to as a transceiver, and the processing module 1010 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as The baseband processor may include one or more central processing units (CPUs). When the first terminal device 1000 is a component having the functions of the above-mentioned first terminal device, the sending module 1020 may be a radio frequency unit, and the receiving module may also be a radio frequency unit, wherein the transmitter and the receiver may be different modules respectively, or, The transmitter and the receiver may be provided in the same functional module, the functional module may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1010 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor. When the first terminal device 1000 is a chip system, the sending module 1020 may be an output interface of a chip (eg, a baseband chip), and the receiving module 1030 may be an input interface of the chip (or, if the input interface and the output interface may be the same interface, then It is considered that the sending module 1020 and the receiving module 1030 are the same functional module, that is, the input and output interface of the chip), and the processing module 1010 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and the processor may include one or more central processing units . It should be understood that the processing module 1010 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component (or a processing circuit), the receiving module 1030 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and the sending module 1020 may be implemented by A transmitter or transmitter-related circuit component implementation.
例如,处理模块1010可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如确定第一周期和第二周期之间的大小关系的操作,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块1020可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的全部发送操作,例如S502、S504和S507,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块1030可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的全部接收操作,例如S501、S506和S510,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For example, the processing module 1010 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 except for the transceiving operation, for example, the operation of determining the magnitude relationship between the first cycle and the second cycle , and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein. The sending module 1020 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, such as S502, S504 and S507, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein. The receiving module 1030 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, such as S501, S506 and S510, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
另外,发送模块1020和接收模块1030可以是一个功能模块,该功能模块既能完成发送操作也能完成接收操作,该功能模块可称为收发模块,例如收发模块可以用于执行图5 所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的全部发送操作和接收操作,例如,在执行发送操作时,可以认为收发模块是发送模块,而在执行接收操作时,可以认为收发模块是接收模块;或者,发送模块1020和接收模块1030也可以是两个功能模块,收发模块也可以视为这两个功能模块的统称,发送模块1020用于完成发送操作,例如发送模块1020可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的全部发送操作,接收模块1030用于完成接收操作,例如接收模块1030可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由第一终端设备所执行的全部接收操作。In addition, the sending module 1020 and the receiving module 1030 may be a functional module, the functional module can complete both the sending operation and the receiving operation, the functional module can be called a transceiver module, for example, the transceiver module can be used to perform the All sending operations and receiving operations performed by the first terminal device in the embodiment, for example, when performing a sending operation, the transceiver module can be considered to be a sending module, and when performing a receiving operation, it can be considered that the transceiver module is a receiving module; or , the sending module 1020 and the receiving module 1030 can also be two functional modules, the transceiver module can also be regarded as a general term for these two functional modules, the sending module 1020 is used to complete the sending operation, for example, the sending module 1020 can be used to perform the operation shown in FIG. 5 . All the sending operations performed by the first terminal device in the illustrated embodiment, the receiving module 1030 is used to complete the receiving operations, for example, the receiving module 1030 can be used to perform the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 performed by the first terminal device. All receive operations.
其中,接收模块1030,用于接收来自第二终端设备的第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第二终端设备的标识,其中,所述第二终端设备为第一终端设备1000提供中继服务,所述第一标识用于确定所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机;The receiving module 1030 is configured to receive a first identifier from a second terminal device, where the first identifier is an identifier of the second terminal device, wherein the second terminal device provides the first terminal device 1000 with the middle Following service, the first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device;
发送模块1020,用于向第一核心网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一标识,所述第一消息用于请求根据所述第一标识更新第一终端设备1000的标识,所述第一核心网设备服务于第一终端设备1000;The sending module 1020 is configured to send a first message to the first core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the information of the first terminal device 1000 according to the first identifier. identifier, the first core network device serves the first terminal device 1000;
接收模块1030,还用于接收来自所述第一核心网设备的第二标识,所述第二标识为更新的第一终端设备1000的标识,所述第二标识用于确定第一终端设备1000的寻呼时机。The receiving module 1030 is further configured to receive a second identifier from the first core network device, where the second identifier is the updated identifier of the first terminal device 1000, and the second identifier is used to determine the first terminal device 1000 paging timing.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一消息还包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于指示第一范围,所述第一范围为第一终端设备1000的标识的取值范围,或为根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离所属的范围。As an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate the first range, and the first range is a value of the identifier of the first terminal device 1000 range, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
作为一种可选的实施方式,接收模块1030,还用于接收来自所述第二终端设备的所述第一范围信息。As an optional implementation manner, the receiving module 1030 is further configured to receive the first range information from the second terminal device.
作为一种可选的实施方式,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机相同,或,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于第一阈值。As an optional implementation manner, the paging occasion determined according to the first identification is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification, or the paging occasion determined according to the first identification is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification The time domain distance between the paging occasions determined by the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一消息还包括第一原因值,所述第一原因值用于指示第一终端设备1000为远端终端设备。As an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes a first cause value, where the first cause value is used to indicate that the first terminal device 1000 is a remote terminal device.
作为一种可选的实施方式,As an optional implementation,
接收模块1030,还用于接收来自所述第二终端设备的第一周期,所述第一周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期;The receiving module 1030 is further configured to receive a first cycle from the second terminal device, where the first cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device;
接收模块1030,还用于当处理模块1010确定第二周期的长度小于所述第一周期的长度时,向所述第二终端设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述第二周期,所述第二周期为第一终端设备1000的DRX周期。The receiving module 1030 is further configured to send a second message to the second terminal device when the processing module 1010 determines that the length of the second period is less than the length of the first period, where the second message includes the second period , the second period is the DRX period of the first terminal device 1000 .
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第二消息还用于指示将DRX周期的长度修改为所述第二周期的长度。As an optional implementation manner, the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the length of the second cycle.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第二标识承载在配置更新消息中,或承载在注册完成消息中。As an optional implementation manner, the second identifier is carried in the configuration update message, or carried in the registration complete message.
作为一种可选的实施方式,发送模块1020,还用于将所述第二标识发送给所述第二终端设备,所述第二标识用于所述第二终端设备为第一终端设备1000监听寻呼。As an optional implementation manner, the sending module 1020 is further configured to send the second identifier to the second terminal device, where the second identifier is used for the second terminal device being the first terminal device 1000 Monitor paging.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一标识为第一取值,所述第一取值为所述第二终端设备的(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024)的取值,其中,mod表示取模操作。As an optional implementation manner, the first identifier is a first value, and the first value is a value of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the second terminal device, where mod Represents a modulo operation.
作为一种可选的实施方式,As an optional implementation,
发送模块1020,还用于向接入网设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求进入RRC非连接态;The sending module 1020 is further configured to send a request message to the access network device, where the request message is used to request to enter the RRC disconnected state;
接收模块1030,还用于接收来自接入网设备的确认消息,所述确认消息用于指示第一终端设备1000进入RRC非连接态。The receiving module 1030 is further configured to receive a confirmation message from the access network device, where the confirmation message is used to instruct the first terminal device 1000 to enter the RRC disconnected state.
关于第一终端设备1000所能实现的其他功能,可参考图5所示的实施例的相关介绍,不多赘述。For other functions that can be implemented by the first terminal device 1000, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, and details are not repeated here.
图11为本申请实施例提供的通信装置1100的示意性框图。示例性地,通信装置1100例如为第二终端设备1100。示例性地,第二终端设备1100例如为图5所示的实施例所述的第二终端设备。FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 1100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, the communication apparatus 1100 is, for example, the second terminal device 1100 . Exemplarily, the second terminal device 1100 is, for example, the second terminal device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
第二终端设备1100包括发送模块1120和接收模块1130。可选的,第二终端设备还可以包括处理模块1110。示例性地,第二终端设备1100可以是终端设备,也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述第二终端设备功能的组合器件、部件等。当第二终端设备1100是终端设备时,发送模块1120可以是发射器,发射器可以包括天线和射频电路等,接收模块1130可以是接收器,接收器可以包括天线和射频电路等,其中,发射器和接收器可以分别是不同的模块,或者,发射器和接收器可以设置在同一功能模块中,该功能模块可称为收发器,处理模块1110可以是处理器(或者,处理电路),例如基带处理器,基带处理器中可以包括一个或多个CPU。当第二终端设备1100是具有上述第二终端设备功能的部件时,发送模块1120可以是射频单元,接收模块也可以是射频单元,其中,发射器和接收器可以分别是不同的模块,或者,发射器和接收器可以设置在同一功能模块中,该功能模块可以是射频单元,处理模块1110可以是处理器(或者,处理电路),例如基带处理器。当第二终端设备1100是芯片系统时,发送模块1120可以是芯片(例如基带芯片)的输出接口、接收模块1130可以是芯片的输入接口(或者,如果输入接口和输出接口可以是同一接口,那么认为发送模块1120和接收模块1130是同一功能模块,即,芯片的输入输出接口)、处理模块1110可以是芯片系统的处理器(或者,处理电路),处理器可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元。应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块1110可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件(或者,处理电路)实现,接收模块1130可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现,发送模块1120可以由发射器或发射器相关电路组件实现。The second terminal device 1100 includes a sending module 1120 and a receiving module 1130 . Optionally, the second terminal device may further include a processing module 1110 . Exemplarily, the second terminal device 1100 may be a terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the terminal device or other combined devices, components, etc. having the functions of the above-mentioned second terminal device. When the second terminal device 1100 is a terminal device, the sending module 1120 may be a transmitter, the transmitter may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., the receiving module 1130 may be a receiver, and the receiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., wherein the transmission The transmitter and receiver may be separate modules, or the transmitter and receiver may be provided in the same functional module, which may be called a transceiver, and the processing module 1110 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as Baseband processor. The baseband processor may include one or more CPUs. When the second terminal device 1100 is a component having the above-mentioned functions of the second terminal device, the sending module 1120 may be a radio frequency unit, and the receiving module may also be a radio frequency unit, wherein the transmitter and the receiver may be different modules respectively, or, The transmitter and the receiver may be provided in the same functional module, which may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1110 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor. When the second terminal device 1100 is a chip system, the sending module 1120 may be an output interface of a chip (eg, a baseband chip), and the receiving module 1130 may be an input interface of the chip (or, if the input interface and the output interface may be the same interface, then It is considered that the sending module 1120 and the receiving module 1130 are the same functional module, that is, the input and output interface of the chip), and the processing module 1110 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and the processor may include one or more central processing units . It should be understood that the processing module 1110 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component (or a processing circuit), the receiving module 1130 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and the sending module 1120 may be implemented by A transmitter or transmitter-related circuit component implementation.
例如,处理模块1110可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由第二终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S503和S508,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块1120可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由第二终端设备所执行的全部发送操作,例如S501、S503、S508和S510,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块1130可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由第二终端设备所执行的全部接收操作,例如S502、S503、S507、S508和S509,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For example, the processing module 1110 may be configured to perform all operations performed by the second terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 except for the transceiving operations, such as S503 and S508, and/or to support the techniques described herein other processes. The sending module 1120 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the second terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, such as S501, S503, S508 and S510, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein . The receiving module 1130 may be configured to perform all receiving operations performed by the second terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, such as S502, S503, S507, S508, and S509, and/or for supporting the techniques described herein. other processes.
另外,关于发送模块1120和接收模块1130的实现方式,可参考对于发送模块1020和接收模块1030的实现方式的介绍。In addition, regarding the implementation of the sending module 1120 and the receiving module 1130, reference may be made to the introduction to the implementation of the sending module 1020 and the receiving module 1030.
其中,发送模块1120,用于向第一终端设备发送第一标识,所述第一标识为第二终端设备1100的标识,其中,第二终端设备1100为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务,所述第一标识用于确定第二终端设备1100的寻呼时机;The sending module 1120 is configured to send a first identifier to the first terminal device, where the first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device 1100, wherein the second terminal device 1100 provides relay services for the first terminal device , the first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device 1100;
接收模块1130,用于接收来自所述第一终端设备的第二标识,所述第二标识为所述第 一终端设备的标识,且所述第二标识是根据所述第一标识确定的,所述第二标识用于确定所述第一终端设备的寻呼时机。A receiving module 1130, configured to receive a second identifier from the first terminal device, where the second identifier is the identifier of the first terminal device, and the second identifier is determined according to the first identifier, The second identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the first terminal device.
作为一种可选的实施方式,发送模块1120,还用于向所述第一终端设备发送第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于指示第一范围,所述第一范围为所述第一终端设备的标识的取值范围,或为根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离所属的范围。As an optional implementation manner, the sending module 1120 is further configured to send first range information to the first terminal device, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, and the first range is the The value range of the identity of the first terminal device, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identity and the paging occasion determined according to the second identity belongs.
作为一种可选的实施方式,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机相同,或,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于第一阈值。As an optional implementation manner, the paging occasion determined according to the first identification is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification, or the paging occasion determined according to the first identification is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification The time domain distance between the paging occasions determined by the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
作为一种可选的实施方式,As an optional implementation,
处理模块1110,用于根据所述第二标识确定寻呼时机;a processing module 1110, configured to determine a paging occasion according to the second identifier;
接收模块1130,还用于按照所述寻呼时机为所述第一终端设备监听寻呼。The receiving module 1130 is further configured to monitor paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion.
作为一种可选的实施方式,As an optional implementation,
发送模块1120,还用于向所述第一终端设备发送第一周期,所述第一周期为第二终端设备1100的周期;The sending module 1120 is further configured to send a first cycle to the first terminal device, where the first cycle is the cycle of the second terminal device 1100;
接收模块1130,还用于接收来自所述第一终端设备的第二消息,第二消息包括第二周期,所述第二周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期,且所述第二周期的长度小于所述第一周期的长度。The receiving module 1130 is further configured to receive a second message from the first terminal device, where the second message includes a second cycle, the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second cycle is less than the length of the first period.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第二消息还用于指示将DRX周期的长度修改为所述第二周期的长度。As an optional implementation manner, the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the length of the second cycle.
作为一种可选的实施方式,处理模块1110,还用于与第二核心网设备协商第二终端设备1100的DRX周期,其中,协商后的第二终端设备1100的DRX周期的长度与所述第二周期的长度相同,所述第二核心网设备服务于第二终端设备1100。As an optional implementation manner, the processing module 1110 is further configured to negotiate the DRX cycle of the second terminal device 1100 with the second core network device, wherein the length of the negotiated DRX cycle of the second terminal device 1100 is the same as the length of the negotiated DRX cycle of the second terminal device 1100. The length of the second period is the same, and the second core network device serves the second terminal device 1100 .
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一标识为第一取值,所述第一取值为第二终端设备1100的(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024)的取值,其中,mod表示取模操作。As an optional implementation manner, the first identifier is a first value, and the first value is a value of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the second terminal device 1100, where mod represents Modulo operation.
关于第二终端设备1100所能实现的其他功能,可参考图5所示的实施例的相关介绍,不多赘述。For other functions that can be implemented by the second terminal device 1100, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, and details are not repeated.
图12为本申请实施例提供的通信装置1200的示意性框图。示例性地,通信装置1200例如为第二终端设备1200。FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 1200 according to an embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, the communication apparatus 1200 is, for example, the second terminal device 1200 .
第二终端设备1200包括发送模块1220和接收模块1230。可选的,第二终端设备1200还包括处理模块1210。示例性地,第二终端设备1200可以是终端设备,也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述第二终端设备功能的组合器件、部件等。当第二终端设备1200是终端设备时,发送模块1220可以是发射器,发射器可以包括天线和射频电路等,接收模块1230可以是接收器,接收器可以包括天线和射频电路等,其中,发射器和接收器可以分别是不同的模块,或者,发射器和接收器可以设置在同一功能模块中,该功能模块可称为收发器,处理模块1210可以是处理器(或者,处理电路),例如基带处理器,基带处理器中可以包括一个或多个CPU。当第二终端设备1200是具有上述第二终端设备功能的部件时,发送模块1220可以是射频单元,接收模块也可以是射频单元,其中,发射器和接收器可以分别是不同的模块,或者,发射器和接收器可以设置在同一功能模块中,该功能模块可以是射频单元,处理模块1210可以是处理器(或者,处理电路),例如基带 处理器。当第二终端设备1200是芯片系统时,发送模块1220可以是芯片(例如基带芯片)的输出接口、接收模块1230可以是芯片的输入接口(或者,如果输入接口和输出接口可以是同一接口,那么认为发送模块1220和接收模块1230是同一功能模块,即,芯片的输入输出接口)、处理模块1210可以是芯片系统的处理器(或者,处理电路),处理器可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元。应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块1210可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件(或者,处理电路)实现,接收模块1230可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现,发送模块1220可以由发射器或发射器相关电路组件实现。The second terminal device 1200 includes a sending module 1220 and a receiving module 1230 . Optionally, the second terminal device 1200 further includes a processing module 1210 . Exemplarily, the second terminal device 1200 may be a terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the terminal device or other combined devices, components, etc. having the functions of the above-mentioned second terminal device. When the second terminal device 1200 is a terminal device, the sending module 1220 may be a transmitter, the transmitter may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., the receiving module 1230 may be a receiver, and the receiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., wherein the transmission The transmitter and the receiver may be separate modules, or the transmitter and the receiver may be provided in the same functional module, which may be referred to as a transceiver, and the processing module 1210 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as Baseband processor. The baseband processor may include one or more CPUs. When the second terminal device 1200 is a component having the functions of the above-mentioned second terminal device, the sending module 1220 may be a radio frequency unit, and the receiving module may also be a radio frequency unit, wherein the transmitter and the receiver may be different modules respectively, or, The transmitter and the receiver may be provided in the same functional module, the functional module may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1210 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor. When the second terminal device 1200 is a chip system, the sending module 1220 can be an output interface of a chip (eg, a baseband chip), and the receiving module 1230 can be an input interface of the chip (or, if the input interface and the output interface can be the same interface, then It is considered that the sending module 1220 and the receiving module 1230 are the same functional module, that is, the input and output interface of the chip), and the processing module 1210 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and the processor may include one or more central processing units . It should be understood that the processing module 1210 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component (or a processing circuit), the receiving module 1230 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and the sending module 1220 may be implemented by A transmitter or transmitter-related circuit component implementation.
例如,处理模块1210可以用于执行图9所示的实施例中由第二终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S905,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块1220可以用于执行图9所示的实施例中由第二终端设备所执行的全部发送操作,例如S902、S905和S907,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块1230可以用于执行图9所示的实施例中由第二终端设备所执行的全部接收操作,例如S502、S503、S507、S901、S904、S905和S906,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For example, the processing module 1210 may be configured to perform all operations except the transceiving operation performed by the second terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, such as S905, and/or other operations used to support the techniques described herein process. The sending module 1220 may be configured to perform all sending operations performed by the second terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, such as S902, S905 and S907, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein. The receiving module 1230 can be used to perform all receiving operations performed by the second terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, such as S502, S503, S507, S901, S904, S905 and S906, and/or to support the Other procedures of the described techniques.
另外,关于发送模块1220和接收模块1230的实现方式,可参考对于发送模块1020和接收模块1030的实现方式的介绍。In addition, regarding the implementation of the sending module 1220 and the receiving module 1230, reference may be made to the introduction to the implementation of the sending module 1020 and the receiving module 1030.
其中,接收模块1230,用于接收来自第一终端设备的第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第一终端设备的标识,所述第一标识用于确定所述第一终端设备的寻呼时机;The receiving module 1230 is configured to receive a first identifier from a first terminal device, where the first identifier is an identifier of the first terminal device, and the first identifier is used to determine the location of the first terminal device. call time;
发送模块1220,用于向第二核心网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一标识,所述第一消息用于请求根据所述第一标识更新第二终端设备1200的标识,所述第二核心网设备服务于第二终端设备1200;The sending module 1220 is configured to send a first message to the second core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the information of the second terminal device 1200 according to the first identifier. identifier, the second core network device serves the second terminal device 1200;
接收模块1230,还用于接收来自所述第二核心网设备的第二标识,所述第二标识为更新的第二终端设备1200的标识,所述第二标识用于确定第二终端设备1200的寻呼时机。The receiving module 1230 is further configured to receive a second identifier from the second core network device, where the second identifier is the updated identifier of the second terminal device 1200, and the second identifier is used to determine the second terminal device 1200 paging timing.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一消息还包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于指示第一范围,所述第一范围为第二终端设备1200的取值范围,或为根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离所属的范围。As an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate the first range, and the first range is the value range of the second terminal device 1200, Or it is the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
作为一种可选的实施方式,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机相同,或,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于第一阈值。As an optional implementation manner, the paging occasion determined according to the first identification is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification, or the paging occasion determined according to the first identification is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification The time domain distance between the paging occasions determined by the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一消息还包括第一原因值,所述第一原因值用于指示所述第二终端设备为中继终端设备。As an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes a first cause value, where the first cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device is a relay terminal device.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第二标识承载在配置更新消息中,或承载在注册完成消息中。As an optional implementation manner, the second identifier is carried in the configuration update message, or carried in the registration complete message.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一标识为第一取值,所述第一取值为所述第一终端设备的(5G-S-TMSI mod 1024)的取值,其中,mod表示取模操作。As an optional implementation manner, the first identifier is a first value, and the first value is a value of (5G-S-TMSI mod 1024) of the first terminal device, where mod Represents a modulo operation.
作为一种可选的实施方式,As an optional implementation,
处理模块1210,用于根据所述第一标识确定寻呼时机;a processing module 1210, configured to determine a paging occasion according to the first identifier;
接收模块1230,还用于按照所述寻呼时机为所述第一终端设备监听寻呼。The receiving module 1230 is further configured to monitor paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion.
关于第二终端设备1200所能实现的其他功能,可参考图9所示的实施例的相关介绍,不多赘述。For other functions that can be implemented by the second terminal device 1200, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, and details are not repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是终端设备也可以是电路。该通 信装置可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备(例如,第一设备可以是终端设备)所执行的动作。An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a terminal device or a circuit. The communication apparatus may be configured to perform the actions performed by the terminal device (for example, the first device may be the terminal device) in the above method embodiments.
当该通信装置为终端设备时,图13示出了一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图13中,终端设备以手机作为例子。如图13所示,终端设备包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。When the communication device is a terminal device, FIG. 13 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device. For the convenience of understanding and illustration, in FIG. 13 , the terminal device takes a mobile phone as an example. As shown in FIG. 13 , the terminal device includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control terminal equipment, execute software programs, and process data of software programs. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal equipment may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图13中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of illustration, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 13 . In an actual end device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device or the like. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的收发单元(收发单元可以是一个功能单元,该功能单元能够实现发送功能和接收功能;或者,收发单元也可以包括两个功能单元,分别为能够实现接收功能的接收单元和能够实现发送功能的发送单元),将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。如图13所示,终端设备包括收发单元1310和处理单元1320。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元1310中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元1310中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元1310包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In the embodiments of the present application, the antenna and the radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function may be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal device (the transceiver unit may be a functional unit, and the function unit can realize the sending function and the receiving function; alternatively, the transceiver unit may also be It includes two functional units, namely a receiving unit capable of realizing a receiving function and a transmitting unit capable of realizing a transmitting function), and a processor with a processing function is regarded as a processing unit of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 13 , the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 1310 and a processing unit 1320 . The transceiver unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and the like. The processing unit may also be referred to as a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1310 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the transmitting function in the transceiver unit 1310 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1310 includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit. The transceiver unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit. The receiving unit may also sometimes be referred to as a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit, or the like. The transmitting unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.
应理解,收发单元1310可用于执行上述图5所示的实施例中第一终端设备侧的发送操作和接收操作,处理单元1320用于执行上述图5所示的实施例中第一终端设备上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。It should be understood that the transceiver unit 1310 can be configured to perform the sending operation and the receiving operation on the side of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. Operations other than sending and receiving operations.
或者,收发单元1310可用于执行上述图5所示的实施例中第二终端设备侧的发送操作和接收操作,处理单元1320用于执行上述图5所示的实施例中第二终端设备上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。Alternatively, the transceiver unit 1310 may be configured to perform the sending operation and the receiving operation on the second terminal device side in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , and the processing unit 1320 may be configured to perform the above-mentioned in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 except on the second terminal device Operations other than sending and receiving operations.
或者,收发单元1310可用于执行上述图9所示的实施例中第二终端设备侧的发送操作和接收操作,处理单元1320用于执行上述图9所示的实施例中第二终端设备上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。Alternatively, the transceiver unit 1310 may be configured to perform the sending operation and the receiving operation on the second terminal device side in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 9 , and the processing unit 1320 may be configured to perform the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 9 except on the second terminal device. Operations other than sending and receiving operations.
当该通信装置为芯片类的装置或者电路时,该装置可以包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,所述收发单元可以是输入输出电路和/或通信接口;处理单元为集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device is a chip-type device or circuit, the device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit. The transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit and/or a communication interface; the processing unit may be an integrated processor, a microprocessor or an integrated circuit.
本实施例中的通信装置为终端设备时,可以参照图14所示的设备。作为一个例子,该设备可以完成类似于图10中处理模块1010的功能。例如,上述实施例中的处理模块1010可以是图14中的该处理器1410,并完成相应的功能;上述实施例中的发送模块1020可以是图14中的发送数据处理器1420,并完成相应的功能;上述实施例中的接收模块1030可以是图14中接收数据处理器1430,并完成相应的功能。又例如,上述实施例中的处理模块1110可以是图14中的该处理器1410,并完成相应的功能;上述实施例中的发送模块1120可以是图14中的发送数据处理器1420,并完成相应的功能;上述实施例中的接收模块1130可以是图14中接收数据处理器1430,并完成相应的功能。再例如,上述实施例中的处理模块1210可以是图14中的该处理器1410,并完成相应的功能;上述实施例中的发送模块1220可以是图14中的发送数据处理器1420,并完成相应的功能;上述实施例中的接收模块1230可以是图14中接收数据处理器1430,并完成相应的功能。虽然图14中示出了信道编码器、信道解码器,但是可以理解这些模块并不对本实施例构成限制性说明,仅是示意性的。When the communication device in this embodiment is a terminal device, reference may be made to the device shown in FIG. 14 . As an example, the device can perform functions similar to the processing module 1010 in FIG. 10 . For example, the processing module 1010 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the processor 1410 in FIG. 14, and perform corresponding functions; the sending module 1020 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the transmitting data processor 1420 in FIG. 14, and perform the corresponding functions The receiving module 1030 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the receiving data processor 1430 in FIG. 14, and perform corresponding functions. For another example, the processing module 1110 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the processor 1410 in FIG. 14 and complete the corresponding functions; the sending module 1120 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the transmission data processor 1420 in FIG. 14 and complete the corresponding function. Corresponding functions; the receiving module 1130 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the receiving data processor 1430 in FIG. 14 , and perform corresponding functions. For another example, the processing module 1210 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the processor 1410 in FIG. 14 and complete the corresponding functions; the sending module 1220 in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the transmission data processor 1420 in FIG. 14 and complete the corresponding function. Corresponding functions; the receiving module 1230 in the above embodiment may be the receiving data processor 1430 in FIG. 14 , and perform corresponding functions. Although the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 14 , it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a limitative description of this embodiment, but are only illustrative.
图15示出本实施例的另一种形式。处理装置1500中包括调制子系统、中央处理子系统、周边子系统等模块。本实施例中的通信装置可以作为其中的调制子系统。具体的,该调制子系统可以包括处理器1503,接口1504。其中,处理器1503完成上述处理模块1010的功能,接口1504完成上述发送模块1020和接收模块1030的功能。或者,处理器1503完成上述处理模块1110的功能,接口1504完成上述收发模块1120的功能。或者,处理器1503完成上述处理模块1210的功能,接口1504完成上述发送模块1220和接收模块1230的功能。作为另一种变形,该调制子系统包括存储器1506、处理器1503及存储在存储器1506上并可在处理器上运行的程序,该处理器1503执行该程序时实现上述方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法。需要注意的是,所述存储器1506可以是非易失性的,也可以是易失性的,其位置可以位于调制子系统内部,也可以位于处理装置1500中,只要该存储器1506可以连接到所述处理器1503即可。Fig. 15 shows another form of this embodiment. The processing device 1500 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem. The communication apparatus in this embodiment may serve as a modulation subsystem therein. Specifically, the modulation subsystem may include a processor 1503 and an interface 1504 . The processor 1503 completes the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 1010, and the interface 1504 implements the functions of the above-mentioned sending module 1020 and receiving module 1030. Alternatively, the processor 1503 implements the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 1110 , and the interface 1504 implements the functions of the above-mentioned transceiver module 1120 . Alternatively, the processor 1503 implements the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 1210, and the interface 1504 implements the functions of the above-mentioned sending module 1220 and receiving module 1230. As another variant, the modulation subsystem includes a memory 1506, a processor 1503, and a program stored in the memory 1506 and executable on the processor. When the processor 1503 executes the program, the terminal device side in the above method embodiment is implemented. Methods. It should be noted that the memory 1506 can be non-volatile or volatile, and its location can be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 1500, as long as the memory 1506 can be connected to the The processor 1503 is sufficient.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包括一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above-mentioned embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated. The computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center is by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access, or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes an integration of one or more available media. The usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disks (SSDs)), and the like.
本申请实施例中所描述的各种说明性的逻辑单元和电路可以通过通用处理器,数字信号处理器,专用集成电路(ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或其它可编程逻辑装置,离散门或晶体管逻辑,离散硬件部件,或上述任何组合的设计来实现或操作所描述的功能。通用处理器可以为微处理器,可选地,该通用处理器也可以为任何传统的处理器、控制器、 微控制器或状态机。处理器也可以通过计算装置的组合来实现,例如数字信号处理器和微处理器,多个微处理器,一个或多个微处理器联合一个数字信号处理器核,或任何其它类似的配置来实现。The various illustrative logic units and circuits described in the embodiments of this application may be implemented by general purpose processors, digital signal processors, application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, Discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination of the above are designed to implement or operate the described functions. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, and alternatively, the general-purpose processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. A processor may also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in combination with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration. accomplish.
本申请实施例中所描述的方法或算法的步骤可以直接嵌入硬件、处理器执行的软件单元、或者这两者的结合。软件单元可以存储于随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、可移动磁盘、CD-ROM或本领域中其它任意形式的存储媒介中。示例性地,存储媒介可以与处理器连接,以使得处理器可以从存储媒介中读取信息,并可以向存储媒介存写信息。可选地,存储媒介还可以集成到处理器中。处理器和存储媒介可以设置于ASIC中。The steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of this application may be directly embedded in hardware, a software unit executed by a processor, or a combination of the two. Software units can be stored in random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (ROM), EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or this In any other form of storage media in the field. Illustratively, a storage medium may be coupled to the processor such that the processor may read information from, and store information in, the storage medium. Optionally, the storage medium can also be integrated into the processor. The processor and storage medium may be provided in the ASIC.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing device to cause a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process such that The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in the flow or blocks of the flowcharts and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.
在一个或多个示例性的设计中,本申请实施例所描述的上述功能可以在硬件、软件、固件或这三者的任意组合来实现。如果在软件中实现,这些功能可以存储与电脑可读的媒介上,或以一个或多个指令或代码形式传输于电脑可读的媒介上。电脑可读媒介包括电脑存储媒介和便于使得让电脑程序从一个地方转移到其它地方的通信媒介。存储媒介可以是任何通用或特殊电脑可以接入访问的可用媒体。例如,这样的电脑可读媒体可以包括但不限于RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其它光盘存储、磁盘存储或其它磁性存储装置,或其它任何可以用于承载或存储以指令或数据结构和其它可被通用或特殊电脑、或通用或特殊处理器读取形式的程序代码的媒介。此外,任何连接都可以被适当地定义为电脑可读媒介,例如,如果软件是从一个网站站点、服务器或其它远程资源通过一个同轴电缆、光纤电脑、双绞线、数字用户线(DSL)或以例如红外、无线和微波等无线方式传输的也被包含在所定义的电脑可读媒介中。所述的碟片(disk)和磁盘(disc)包括压缩磁盘、镭射盘、光盘、数字通用光盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)、软盘和蓝光光盘,磁盘通常以磁性复制数据,而碟片通常以激光进行光学复制数据。上述的组合也可以包含在电脑可读媒介中。In one or more exemplary designs, the above functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination of the three. If implemented in software, the functions may be stored on, or transmitted over, a computer-readable medium in the form of one or more instructions or code. Computer-readable media includes computer storage media and communication media that facilitate the transfer of a computer program from one place to another. Storage media can be any available media that a general-purpose or special-purpose computer can access. For example, such computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other device that can be used to carry or store instructions or data structures and Other media in the form of program code that can be read by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer, or a general-purpose or special-purpose processor. In addition, any connection is properly defined as a computer-readable medium, for example, if software is transmitted from a website site, server or other remote source over a coaxial cable, fiber optic computer, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL) Or transmitted by wireless means such as infrared, wireless, and microwave are also included in the definition of computer-readable media. The discs and discs include compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs (DVDs), floppy discs and Blu-ray discs. Disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs usually use Lasers make optical copies of data. Combinations of the above can also be included in computer readable media.
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,在上述一个或多个示例中,本申请实施例所描述的功能可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以将这些功能存储在计算机可读介质中或者作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质,其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。Those skilled in the art should realize that, in one or more of the above examples, the functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium. Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another. A storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.
以上所述的具体实施方式,对本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明,所应理解的是,以上所述仅为本申请实施例的具体实施方式而已,并不用于限定本申请实施例的保护范围,凡在本申请实施例的技术方案的基础之上,所做的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包括在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。本申请说明书的上述描述可以使得本领域技术任何可以利用或实现本申请实施例的内容,任何基于所公开内容的修改都应该被认为是本领域显而易见的,本申请实施例所描述的基本原则可以应用到其 它变形中而不偏离本申请的发明本质和范围。因此,本申请实施例所公开的内容不仅仅局限于所描述的实施例和设计,还可以扩展到与本申请原则和所公开的新特征一致的最大范围。The specific embodiments described above further describe in detail the purposes, technical solutions and beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application. It should be understood that the above descriptions are only specific implementations of the embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to be used for The protection scope of the embodiments of the present application is limited, and any modifications, equivalent replacements, improvements, etc. made on the basis of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application should be included within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. The above description of the specification of the present application can enable any content in the art that can utilize or realize the embodiments of the present application, and any modifications based on the disclosed contents should be considered obvious in the art, and the basic principles described in the embodiments of the present application can be Other variations are applied without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention of the present application. Therefore, the contents disclosed in the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the described embodiments and designs, but can be extended to the widest scope consistent with the principles of the present application and the new features disclosed.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本申请实施例的精神和范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的范围。这样,倘若本申请实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请实施例也意图包括这些改动和变型在内。Although the application has been described in conjunction with specific features and embodiments thereof, it will be apparent that various modifications and combinations may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the embodiments of the application. Accordingly, this specification and drawings are merely exemplary illustrations of the application as defined by the appended claims, and are deemed to cover any and all modifications, variations, combinations or equivalents within the scope of this application. Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the present application without departing from the scope of the present application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the embodiments of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalents, the embodiments of the present application are also intended to include these modifications and variations.
结合以上,本申请还提供如下实施例:In conjunction with the above, the application also provides the following embodiments:
实施例1、一种通信方法,包括:Embodiment 1, a communication method, comprising:
第一终端设备接收来自第二终端设备的第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第二终端设备的标识,其中,所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务,所述第一标识用于确定所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机;The first terminal device receives the first identifier from the second terminal device, where the first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device, wherein the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, The first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device;
所述第一终端设备向第一核心网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一标识,所述第一消息用于请求根据所述第一标识更新所述第一终端设备的标识,所述第一核心网设备服务于所述第一终端设备;The first terminal device sends a first message to the first core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the first terminal device according to the first identifier , the first core network device serves the first terminal device;
所述第一终端设备接收来自所述第一核心网设备的第二标识,所述第二标识为更新的所述第一终端设备的标识,所述第二标识用于确定所述第一终端设备的寻呼时机。The first terminal device receives a second identifier from the first core network device, where the second identifier is an updated identifier of the first terminal device, and the second identifier is used to determine the first terminal The paging timing of the device.
实施例2、根据实施例1所述的方法,所述第一消息还包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于指示第一范围,所述第一范围为所述第一终端设备的标识的取值范围,或为根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离所属的范围。Embodiment 2. The method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, and the first range is the first terminal device The value range of the identifier, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
实施例3、根据实施例2所述的方法,所述方法还包括: Embodiment 3. The method according to Embodiment 2, further comprising:
所述第一终端设备接收来自所述第二终端设备的所述第一范围信息。The first terminal device receives the first range information from the second terminal device.
实施例4、根据实施例2或实施例3所述的方法,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机相同,或,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于第一阈值。 Embodiment 4. According to the method according to Embodiment 2 or Embodiment 3, the paging occasion determined according to the first identification is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification, or, according to the first identification The time domain distance between the determined paging occasion and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
实施例5、根据实施例1~实施例4中的任一个实施例所述的方法,所述第一消息还包括第一原因值,所述第一原因值用于指示所述第一终端设备为远端终端设备。 Embodiment 5. The method according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 4, wherein the first message further includes a first cause value, where the first cause value is used to indicate the first terminal device For the remote terminal equipment.
实施例6、根据实施例1~实施例5中的任一个实施例所述的方法,所述方法还包括: Embodiment 6. The method according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 5, the method further comprising:
所述第一终端设备接收来自所述第二终端设备的第一周期,所述第一周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期;receiving, by the first terminal device, a first cycle from the second terminal device, where the first cycle is a DRX cycle of the second terminal device;
当第二周期的长度小于所述第一周期的长度时,所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述第二周期,所述第二周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期。When the length of the second cycle is less than the length of the first cycle, the first terminal device sends a second message to the second terminal device, the second message includes the second cycle, the second The period is the DRX period of the first terminal device.
实施例7、根据实施例6所述的方法,所述第二消息还用于指示将DRX周期的长度修改为所述第二周期的长度。Embodiment 7. The method according to Embodiment 6, wherein the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the length of the second cycle.
8、根据权利要求1~7任一项所述的方法,所述第二标识承载在配置更新消息中,或承载在注册完成消息中。8. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the second identifier is carried in a configuration update message or in a registration complete message.
实施例9、根据实施例1~实施例8中的任一个实施例所述的方法,所述方法还包括:Embodiment 9. The method according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 8, the method further comprising:
所述第一终端设备将所述第二标识发送给所述第二终端设备,所述第二标识用于所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备监听寻呼。The first terminal device sends the second identification to the second terminal device, where the second identification is used for the second terminal device to monitor paging for the first terminal device.
实施例10、根据实施例1~实施例9中的任一个实施例所述的方法,第一标识为第一取值,所述第一取值为所述第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI mod 1024的取值,其中,mod表示取模操作。 Embodiment 10. The method according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 9, wherein the first identifier is a first value, and the first value is the 5G-S- of the second terminal device The value of TMSI mod 1024, where mod represents the modulo operation.
实施例11、根据实施例1~实施例10中的任一个实施例所述的方法,所述方法还包括: Embodiment 11. The method according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 10, the method further comprising:
第一终端设备向接入网设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求进入RRC非连接态;The first terminal device sends a request message to the access network device, where the request message is used to request to enter the RRC disconnected state;
接收来自接入网设备的确认消息,所述确认消息用于指示第一终端设备进入RRC非连接态。A confirmation message from the access network device is received, where the confirmation message is used to instruct the first terminal device to enter the RRC disconnected state.
实施例12、一种通信方法,包括:Embodiment 12, a communication method, comprising:
第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第二终端设备的标识,其中,所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务,所述第一标识用于确定所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机;The second terminal device sends a first identifier to the first terminal device, where the first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device, wherein the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, so The first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device;
所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的第二标识,所述第二标识为所述第一终端设备的标识,且所述第二标识是根据所述第一标识确定的,所述第二标识用于确定所述第一终端设备的寻呼时机。the second terminal device receives a second identification from the first terminal device, the second identification is the identification of the first terminal device, and the second identification is determined according to the first identification, The second identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the first terminal device.
实施例13、根据实施例12所述的方法,所述方法还包括:Embodiment 13. The method according to Embodiment 12, further comprising:
所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于指示第一范围,所述第一范围为所述第一终端设备的标识的取值范围,或为根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离所属的范围。The second terminal device sends first range information to the first terminal device, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, and the first range is a value range of the identifier of the first terminal device , or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
实施例14、根据实施例12或实施例13所述的方法,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机相同,或,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于第一阈值。Embodiment 14. According to the method according to Embodiment 12 or Embodiment 13, the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier, or, according to the first identifier The time domain distance between the determined paging occasion and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
实施例15、根据实施例12~实施例14中的任一个实施例所述的方法,所述方法还包括:Embodiment 15. The method according to any one of Embodiments 12 to 14, the method further comprising:
所述第二终端设备根据所述第二标识确定寻呼时机;determining, by the second terminal device, a paging occasion according to the second identifier;
所述第二终端设备按照所述寻呼时机为所述第一终端设备监听寻呼。The second terminal device monitors paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion.
实施例16、根据实施例12~实施例14中的任一个实施例所述的方法,所述方法还包括:Embodiment 16. The method according to any one of Embodiments 12 to 14, the method further comprising:
所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送第一周期,所述第一周期为所述第二终端设备的周期;sending, by the second terminal device, a first cycle to the first terminal device, where the first cycle is the cycle of the second terminal device;
所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的第二消息,第二消息包括第二周期,所述第二周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期,且所述第二周期的长度小于所述第一周期的长度。The second terminal device receives a second message from the first terminal device, the second message includes a second cycle, the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second cycle is The length is less than the length of the first period.
实施例17、根据实施例16所述的方法,所述第二消息还用于指示将DRX周期的长度修改为所述第二周期的长度。Embodiment 17. The method according to Embodiment 16, wherein the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the length of the second cycle.
实施例18、根据实施例16或实施例17所述的方法,所述方法还包括:Embodiment 18. The method according to Embodiment 16 or Embodiment 17, further comprising:
所述第二终端设备与第二核心网设备协商所述第二终端设备的DRX周期,其中,协 商后的所述第二终端设备的DRX周期的长度与所述第二周期的长度相同,所述第二核心网设备服务于所述第二终端设备。The second terminal device negotiates the DRX cycle of the second terminal device with the second core network device, wherein the length of the negotiated DRX cycle of the second terminal device is the same as the length of the second cycle, so The second core network device serves the second terminal device.
实施例19、根据实施例12~实施例18中的任一个实施例所述的方法,第一标识为第一取值,所述第一取值为所述第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI mod 1024的取值,其中,mod表示取模操作。Embodiment 19. The method according to any one of Embodiments 12 to 18, wherein the first identifier is a first value, and the first value is the 5G-S- of the second terminal device The value of TMSI mod 1024, where mod represents the modulo operation.
实施例20、一种通信方法,包括:Embodiment 20, a communication method, comprising:
第二终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第一终端设备的标识,所述第一标识用于确定所述第一终端设备的寻呼时机;The second terminal device receives the first identifier from the first terminal device, the first identifier is the identifier of the first terminal device, and the first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the first terminal device;
所述第二终端设备向第二核心网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一标识,所述第一消息用于请求根据所述第一标识更新所述第二终端设备的标识,所述第二核心网设备服务于所述第二终端设备;The second terminal device sends a first message to the second core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the second terminal device according to the first identifier , the second core network device serves the second terminal device;
所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第二核心网设备的第二标识,所述第二标识为更新的所述第二终端设备的标识,所述第二标识用于确定所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机。The second terminal device receives a second identifier from the second core network device, where the second identifier is an updated identifier of the second terminal device, and the second identifier is used to determine the second terminal The paging timing of the device.
实施例21、根据实施例20所述的方法,所述第一消息还包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于指示第一范围,所述第一范围为所述第一终端设备的标识的取值范围,或为根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离所属的范围。Embodiment 21. The method according to Embodiment 20, wherein the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, and the first range is the first terminal device The value range of the identifier, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
实施例22、根据实施例20或实施例21所述的方法,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机相同,或,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于第一阈值。Embodiment 22. According to the method in Embodiment 20 or Embodiment 21, the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier, or, according to the first identifier The time domain distance between the determined paging occasion and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
实施例23、根据实施例20~实施例22中的任一个实施例所述的方法,所述第一消息还包括第一原因值,所述第一原因值用于指示所述第二终端设备为中继终端设备。Embodiment 23. The method according to any one of Embodiments 20 to 22, wherein the first message further includes a first cause value, where the first cause value is used to indicate the second terminal device For the relay terminal equipment.
实施例24、根据实施例20~实施例23中的任一个实施例所述的方法,所述第二标识承载在配置更新消息中,或承载在注册完成消息中。Embodiment 24. The method according to any one of Embodiments 20 to 23, wherein the second identifier is carried in a configuration update message or in a registration complete message.
实施例25、根据实施例20~实施例24中的任一个实施例所述的方法,第一标识为第一取值,所述第一取值为所述第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI mod 1024的取值,其中,mod表示取模操作。Embodiment 25. The method according to any one of Embodiments 20 to 24, wherein the first identifier is a first value, and the first value is the 5G-S- of the second terminal device The value of TMSI mod 1024, where mod represents the modulo operation.
实施例26、根据实施例20~实施例25中的任一个实施例所述的方法,所述方法还包括:Embodiment 26. The method according to any one of Embodiments 20 to 25, the method further comprising:
所述第二终端设备根据所述第二标识确定寻呼时机;determining, by the second terminal device, a paging occasion according to the second identifier;
所述第二终端设备按照所述寻呼时机为所述第二终端设备监听寻呼。The second terminal device monitors paging for the second terminal device according to the paging occasion.
实施例27、一种通信装置,包括:Embodiment 27, a communication device, comprising:
接收模块,用于接收来自第二终端设备的第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第二终端设备的标识,其中,所述第二终端设备为所述通信装置提供中继服务,所述第一标识用于确定所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机;a receiving module, configured to receive a first identifier from a second terminal device, where the first identifier is an identifier of the second terminal device, wherein the second terminal device provides a relay service for the communication apparatus, and the The first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device;
发送模块,用于向第一核心网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一标识,所述第一消息用于请求根据所述第一标识更新所述通信装置的标识,所述第一核心网设备服务于所述通信装置;a sending module, configured to send a first message to the first core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the identifier of the communication device according to the first identifier, the first core network equipment serves the communication device;
所述接收模块,还用于接收来自所述第一核心网设备的第二标识,所述第二标识为更新的所述通信装置的标识,所述第二标识用于确定所述通信装置的寻呼时机。The receiving module is further configured to receive a second identifier from the first core network device, where the second identifier is the updated identifier of the communication device, and the second identifier is used to determine the identity of the communication device. paging timing.
实施例28、根据实施例27所述的通信装置,所述第一消息还包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于指示第一范围,所述第一范围为所述通信装置的标识的取值范围,或为根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离所属的范围。Embodiment 28. The communication device according to Embodiment 27, wherein the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, and the first range is a range of the communication device. The value range of the identifier, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
实施例29、根据实施例28所述的通信装置,所述接收模块,还用于接收来自所述第二终端设备的所述第一范围信息。Embodiment 29. The communication apparatus according to Embodiment 28, wherein the receiving module is further configured to receive the first range information from the second terminal device.
实施例30、根据实施例28或实施例29所述的通信装置,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机相同,或,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于第一阈值。Embodiment 30. The communication device according to Embodiment 28 or Embodiment 29, the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier, or, according to the first The time domain distance between the paging occasion determined by the identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
实施例31、根据实施例27~实施例30中的任一个实施例所述的通信装置,所述第一消息还包括第一原因值,所述第一原因值用于指示所述通信装置为远端终端设备。Embodiment 31. The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 27 to 30, wherein the first message further includes a first cause value, where the first cause value is used to indicate that the communication apparatus is remote terminal equipment.
实施例32、根据实施例27~实施例31中的任一个实施例所述的通信装置,所述通信装置还包括处理模块;Embodiment 32. The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 27 to 31, the communication apparatus further comprising a processing module;
所述接收模块,还用于接收来自所述第二终端设备的第一周期,所述第一周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期;The receiving module is further configured to receive a first cycle from the second terminal device, where the first cycle is the DRX cycle of the second terminal device;
所述发送模块,还用于当所述处理模块确定第二周期的长度小于所述第一周期的长度时,向所述第二终端设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述第二周期,所述第二周期为所述通信装置的DRX周期。The sending module is further configured to send a second message to the second terminal device when the processing module determines that the length of the second cycle is less than the length of the first cycle, where the second message includes the first cycle. Two cycles, the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the communication device.
实施例33、根据实施例32所述的通信装置,所述第二消息还用于指示将DRX周期的长度修改为所述第二周期的长度。Embodiment 33. The communication apparatus according to Embodiment 32, wherein the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the length of the second cycle.
实施例34、根据实施例27~实施例33中的任一个实施例所述的通信装置,所述第二标识承载在配置更新消息中,或承载在注册完成消息中。Embodiment 34: The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 27 to 33, wherein the second identifier is carried in a configuration update message or in a registration complete message.
实施例35、根据实施例27~实施例34中的任一个实施例所述的通信装置,所述发送模块,还用于将所述第二标识发送给所述第二终端设备,所述第二标识用于所述第二终端设备为所述通信装置监听寻呼。Embodiment 35: In the communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 27 to 34, the sending module is further configured to send the second identifier to the second terminal device, and the first The second identifier is used for the second terminal equipment to monitor paging for the communication device.
实施例36、根据实施例27~实施例35中的任一个实施例所述的通信装置,第一标识为第一取值,所述第一取值为所述第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI mod 1024的取值,其中,mod表示取模操作。Embodiment 36. The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 27 to 35, wherein the first identifier is a first value, and the first value is the 5G-S of the second terminal device -The value of TMSI mod 1024, where mod represents the modulo operation.
实施例37、根据实施例27~实施例36中的任一个实施例所述的通信装置,Embodiment 37. The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 27 to 36,
所述发送模块,还用于向接入网设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求进入RRC非连接态;The sending module is further configured to send a request message to the access network device, where the request message is used to request to enter the RRC disconnected state;
所述接收模块,还用于接收来自接入网设备的确认消息,所述确认消息用于指示所述通信装置进入RRC非连接态。The receiving module is further configured to receive an acknowledgment message from an access network device, where the acknowledgment message is used to instruct the communication apparatus to enter the RRC disconnected state.
实施例38、一种通信装置,包括:Embodiment 38, a communication device, comprising:
发送模块,用于向第一终端设备发送第一标识,所述第一标识为所述通信装置的标识,其中,所述通信装置为所述通信装置提供中继服务,所述第一标识用于确定所述通信装置的寻呼时机;A sending module, configured to send a first identification to a first terminal device, where the first identification is an identification of the communication device, wherein the communication device provides a relay service for the communication device, and the first identification is used for for determining the paging occasion of the communication device;
接收模块,用于接收来自所述第一终端设备的第二标识,所述第二标识为所述第一终端设备的标识,且所述第二标识是根据所述第一标识确定的,所述第二标识用于确定所述第一终端设备的寻呼时机。a receiving module, configured to receive a second identification from the first terminal device, where the second identification is an identification of the first terminal device, and the second identification is determined according to the first identification, and the second identification is determined according to the first identification. The second identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the first terminal device.
实施例39、根据实施例38所述的通信装置,所述发送模块,还用于向所述第一终端设备发送第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于指示第一范围,所述第一范围为所述第一终端设备的标识的取值范围,或为根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离所属的范围。Embodiment 39. The communication apparatus according to Embodiment 38, wherein the sending module is further configured to send first range information to the first terminal device, where the first range information is used to indicate the first range, and the The first range is the value range of the identity of the first terminal device, or the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identity and the paging occasion determined according to the second identity belongs. Scope.
实施例40、根据实施例38或实施例39所述的通信装置,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机相同,或,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于第一阈值。Embodiment 40. The communication device according to Embodiment 38 or Embodiment 39, the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier, or, according to the first The time domain distance between the paging occasion determined by the identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
实施例41、根据实施例38~实施例40中的任一个实施例所述的通信装置,所述通信装置还包括处理模块;Embodiment 41. The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 38 to 40, the communication apparatus further comprising a processing module;
所述处理模块,用于根据所述第二标识确定寻呼时机;the processing module, configured to determine the paging occasion according to the second identifier;
所述接收模块,还用于按照所述寻呼时机为所述第一终端设备监听寻呼。The receiving module is further configured to monitor paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion.
实施例42、根据实施例38~实施例40中的任一个实施例所述的通信装置,Embodiment 42. The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 38 to 40,
所述发送模块,还用于向所述第一终端设备发送第一周期,所述第一周期为所述通信装置的周期;The sending module is further configured to send a first cycle to the first terminal device, where the first cycle is the cycle of the communication device;
所述接收模块,还用于接收来自所述第一终端设备的第二消息,第二消息包括第二周期,所述第二周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期,且所述第二周期的长度小于所述第一周期的长度。The receiving module is further configured to receive a second message from the first terminal device, where the second message includes a second cycle, the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second The length of the period is less than the length of the first period.
实施例43、根据实施例42所述的通信装置,所述第二消息还用于指示将DRX周期的长度修改为所述第二周期的长度。Embodiment 43. The communication apparatus according to Embodiment 42, wherein the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the length of the second cycle.
实施例44、根据实施例42或实施例43所述的通信装置,所述通信装置还包括处理模块,所述处理模块,用于与第二核心网设备协商所述通信装置的DRX周期,其中,协商后的所述通信装置的DRX周期的长度与所述第二周期的长度相同,所述第二核心网设备服务于所述通信装置。Embodiment 44. The communication apparatus according to Embodiment 42 or Embodiment 43, the communication apparatus further includes a processing module, and the processing module is configured to negotiate a DRX cycle of the communication apparatus with a second core network device, wherein , the length of the negotiated DRX cycle of the communication device is the same as the length of the second cycle, and the second core network device serves the communication device.
实施例45、根据实施例38~实施例44中的任一个实施例所述的通信装置,所述第一标识为第一取值,所述第一取值为所述第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI mod 1024的取值,其中,mod表示取模操作。Embodiment 45. The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 38 to 44, wherein the first identifier is a first value, and the first value is the 5G of the second terminal device The value of -S-TMSI mod 1024, where mod represents the modulo operation.
实施例46、一种通信装置,包括:Embodiment 46, a communication device, comprising:
接收模块,用于接收来自第一终端设备的第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第一终端设备的标识,所述第一标识用于确定所述第一终端设备的寻呼时机;a receiving module, configured to receive a first identifier from a first terminal device, where the first identifier is an identifier of the first terminal device, and the first identifier is used to determine a paging occasion of the first terminal device;
发送模块,用于向第二核心网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一标识,所述第一消息用于请求根据所述第一标识更新所述通信装置的标识,所述第二核心网设备服务于所述通信装置;a sending module, configured to send a first message to the second core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the identifier of the communication device according to the first identifier, the second core network equipment serves the communication device;
所述接收模块,还用于接收来自所述第二核心网设备的第二标识,所述第二标识为更新的所述通信装置的标识,所述第二标识用于确定所述通信装置的寻呼时机。The receiving module is further configured to receive a second identifier from the second core network device, where the second identifier is the updated identifier of the communication device, and the second identifier is used to determine the identity of the communication device. paging timing.
实施例47、根据实施例46所述的通信装置,所述第一消息还包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于指示第一范围,所述第一范围为所述第一终端设备的标识的取值范围,或为根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离所属的范围。Embodiment 47. The communication apparatus according to Embodiment 46, wherein the first message further includes first range information, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, and the first range is the first terminal The value range of the identification of the device, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identification and the paging occasion determined according to the second identification belongs.
实施例48、根据实施例46或实施例47所述的通信装置,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机相同,或,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机 与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于第一阈值。Embodiment 48. The communication device according to Embodiment 46 or Embodiment 47, the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier, or, according to the first The time domain distance between the paging occasion determined by the identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
实施例49、根据实施例46~实施例48中的任一个实施例所述的通信装置,所述第一消息还包括第一原因值,所述第一原因值用于指示所述通信装置为中继终端设备。Embodiment 49. The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 46 to 48, wherein the first message further includes a first cause value, where the first cause value is used to indicate that the communication device is Relay terminal equipment.
实施例50、根据实施例46~实施例49中的任一个实施例所述的通信装置,所述第二标识承载在配置更新消息中,或承载在注册完成消息中。Embodiment 50. The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 46 to 49, wherein the second identifier is carried in a configuration update message or in a registration complete message.
实施例51、根据实施例46~实施例50中的任一个实施例所述的通信装置,所述第一标识为第一取值,所述第一取值为所述通信装置的5G-S-TMSI mod 1024的取值,其中,mod表示取模操作。Embodiment 51. The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 46 to 50, wherein the first identifier is a first value, and the first value is a 5G-S of the communication device -The value of TMSI mod 1024, where mod represents the modulo operation.
实施例52、根据实施例46~实施例51中的任一个实施例所述的通信装置,所述通信装置还包括处理模块;Embodiment 52. The communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 46 to 51, the communication apparatus further comprising a processing module;
所述处理模块,用于根据所述第二标识确定寻呼时机;the processing module, configured to determine the paging occasion according to the second identifier;
所述接收模块,还用于按照所述寻呼时机为所述第二终端设备监听寻呼。The receiving module is further configured to monitor paging for the second terminal device according to the paging occasion.
实施例53、一种通信装置,其中,所述通信装置包括处理器和收发器(或,发射器和处理器),所述处理器和所述收发器(或,发射器和处理器)耦合,能够执行如实施例1至实施例11中的任一个实施例所述的方法,或执行如实施例12至实施例19中的任一个实施例所述的方法,或执行如实施例20至实施例26中的任一个实施例所述的方法。Embodiment 53. A communication apparatus, wherein the communication apparatus comprises a processor and a transceiver (or, a transmitter and a processor), the processor and the transceiver (or, a transmitter and a processor) being coupled , can execute the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, or execute the method described in any one of Embodiments 12 to 19, or execute the method described in any one of Embodiments 20 to 19. The method of any one of Embodiments 26.
实施例54、一种芯片,该芯片包括处理器,当该处理器执行指令时,处理器用于执行上述实施例1至实施例11中的任一个实施例所述的方法,或执行如实施例12至实施例19中的任一个实施例所述的方法,或执行如实施例20至实施例26中的任一个实施例所述的方法。该指令可以来自芯片内部的存储器,也可以来自芯片外部的存储器。可选的,该芯片还包括输入输出电路。Embodiment 54. A chip, which includes a processor, and when the processor executes an instruction, the processor is configured to execute the method described in any one of the foregoing Embodiments 1 to 11, or to execute any of the methods described in the above embodiments. The method of any one of Embodiments 12 to 19, or performing the method of any one of Embodiments 20 to 26. The instruction can come from memory inside the chip or from memory outside the chip. Optionally, the chip further includes an input and output circuit.
实施例55、一种通信系统,其中,所述通信系统包括实施例27至实施例37中的任一个实施例所述的通信装置,以及包括实施例38至实施例45中的任一个实施例所述的通信装置。Embodiment 55. A communication system, wherein the communication system includes the communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 27 to 37, and any one of Embodiments 38 to 45 said communication device.
实施例56、一种通信系统,其中,所述通信系统包括实施例46至实施例52中的任一个实施例所述的通信装置。Embodiment 56, a communication system, wherein the communication system includes the communication apparatus according to any one of Embodiments 46 to 52.
实施例57、一种计算机可读存储介质,其中,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如实施例1至实施例11中的任一个实施例所述的方法,或执行如实施例12至实施例19中的任一个实施例所述的方法,或执行如实施例20至实施例26中的任一个实施例所述的方法。Embodiment 57. A computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer is made to perform the steps as in Embodiment 1 to Embodiment 1. 11, or perform the method as described in any one of Embodiments 12 to 19, or perform the method as described in any one of Embodiments 20 to 26 method described.
实施例58、一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,所述计算机可以实现实施例1至实施例11中的任一个实施例所述的方法,或实现如实施例12至实施例19中的任一个实施例所述的方法,或实现如实施例20至实施例26中的任一个实施例所述的方法。Embodiment 58. A computer program product, where the computer program product is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement any of the embodiments described in Embodiment 1 to Embodiment 11. method, or implement the method as described in any one of Embodiments 12 to 19, or implement the method as described in any one of Embodiments 20 to 26.
尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述,然而,本领域技术人员通过查看所述附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书,可理解并实现所述公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中,“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤,“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施,但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。Although the application is described herein in conjunction with various embodiments, other variations to the disclosed embodiments can be understood and effected by those skilled in the art from a review of the drawings, the disclosure, and the appended claims. In the claims, the word "comprising" does not exclude other components or steps, and "a" or "an" does not exclude a plurality. A single processor or other unit may fulfill the functions of several items recited in the claims. The mere fact that certain measures are recited in mutually different dependent claims does not indicate that these measures cannot be combined to advantage.

Claims (21)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    第一终端设备接收来自第二终端设备的第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第二终端设备的标识,其中,所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务,所述第一标识用于确定所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机;The first terminal device receives the first identifier from the second terminal device, where the first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device, wherein the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, The first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device;
    所述第一终端设备向第一核心网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一标识,所述第一消息用于请求根据所述第一标识更新所述第一终端设备的标识,所述第一核心网设备服务于所述第一终端设备;The first terminal device sends a first message to the first core network device, where the first message includes the first identifier, and the first message is used to request to update the first terminal device according to the first identifier , the first core network device serves the first terminal device;
    所述第一终端设备接收来自所述第一核心网设备的第二标识,所述第二标识为更新的所述第一终端设备的标识,所述第二标识用于确定所述第一终端设备的寻呼时机。The first terminal device receives a second identifier from the first core network device, where the second identifier is an updated identifier of the first terminal device, and the second identifier is used to determine the first terminal The paging timing of the device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息还包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于指示第一范围,所述第一范围为所述第一终端设备的标识的取值范围,或为根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离所属的范围。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first message further includes first range information, wherein the first range information is used to indicate a first range, and the first range is the first terminal device The value range of the identifier, or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端设备接收来自所述第二终端设备的所述第一范围信息。The first terminal device receives the first range information from the second terminal device.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机相同,或,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于第一阈值。The method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the paging occasion determined according to the first identification is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification, or the paging occasion determined according to the first identification The time domain distance between the paging occasion and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
  5. 根据权利要求1~4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息还包括第一原因值,所述第一原因值用于指示所述第一终端设备为远端终端设备。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the first message further includes a first cause value, and the first cause value is used to indicate that the first terminal device is a remote terminal device .
  6. 根据权利要求1~5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端设备接收来自所述第二终端设备的第一周期,所述第一周期为所述第二终端设备的DRX周期;receiving, by the first terminal device, a first cycle from the second terminal device, where the first cycle is a DRX cycle of the second terminal device;
    当第二周期的长度小于所述第一周期的长度时,所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述第二周期,所述第二周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期。When the length of the second cycle is less than the length of the first cycle, the first terminal device sends a second message to the second terminal device, the second message includes the second cycle, the second The period is the DRX period of the first terminal device.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息还用于指示将DRX周期的长度修改为所述第二周期的长度。The method according to claim 6, wherein the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the length of the second cycle.
  8. 根据权利要求1~7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二标识承载在配置更新消息中,或承载在注册完成消息中。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the second identifier is carried in a configuration update message or in a registration complete message.
  9. 根据权利要求1~8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端设备将所述第二标识发送给所述第二终端设备,所述第二标识用于所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备监听寻呼。The first terminal device sends the second identification to the second terminal device, where the second identification is used for the second terminal device to monitor paging for the first terminal device.
  10. 根据权利要求1~9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,第一标识为第一取值,所述第一取值为所述第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI mod 1024的取值,其中,mod表示取模操作。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the first identifier is a first value, and the first value is a value of 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024 of the second terminal device value, where mod represents the modulo operation.
  11. 根据权利要求1~10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein,
    所述第一终端设备向接入网设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求进入RRC非连接态;The first terminal device sends a request message to the access network device, where the request message is used to request to enter the RRC disconnected state;
    所述第一终端设备接收来自接入网设备的确认消息,所述确认消息用于指示所述第一终端设备进入RRC非连接态。The first terminal device receives an acknowledgment message from the access network device, where the acknowledgment message is used to instruct the first terminal device to enter the RRC disconnected state.
  12. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第二终端设备的标识,其中,所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务,所述第一标识用于确定所述第二终端设备的寻呼时机;The second terminal device sends a first identifier to the first terminal device, where the first identifier is the identifier of the second terminal device, wherein the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, so The first identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the second terminal device;
    所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的第二标识,所述第二标识为所述第一终端设备的标识,且所述第二标识是根据所述第一标识确定的,所述第二标识用于确定所述第一终端设备的寻呼时机。the second terminal device receives a second identification from the first terminal device, the second identification is the identification of the first terminal device, and the second identification is determined according to the first identification, The second identifier is used to determine the paging occasion of the first terminal device.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于指示第一范围,所述第一范围为所述第一终端设备的标识的取值范围,或为根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离所属的范围。The second terminal device sends first range information to the first terminal device, where the first range information is used to indicate a first range, and the first range is a value range of the identifier of the first terminal device , or the range to which the time domain distance between the paging occasion determined according to the first identifier and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier belongs.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机相同,或,根据所述第一标识确定的寻呼时机与根据所述第二标识确定的寻呼时机之间的时域距离小于第一阈值。The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the paging occasion determined according to the first identification is the same as the paging occasion determined according to the second identification, or the paging occasion determined according to the first identification The time domain distance between the paging occasion and the paging occasion determined according to the second identifier is smaller than the first threshold.
  15. 根据权利要求12~14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 14, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二终端设备根据所述第二标识确定寻呼时机;determining, by the second terminal device, a paging occasion according to the second identifier;
    所述第二终端设备按照所述寻呼时机为所述第一终端设备监听寻呼。The second terminal device monitors paging for the first terminal device according to the paging occasion.
  16. 根据权利要求12~14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 14, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送第一周期,所述第一周期为所述第二终端设备的周期;sending, by the second terminal device, a first cycle to the first terminal device, where the first cycle is the cycle of the second terminal device;
    所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的第二消息,第二消息包括第二周期,所述第二周期为所述第一终端设备的DRX周期,且所述第二周期的长度小于所述第一周期的长度。The second terminal device receives a second message from the first terminal device, the second message includes a second cycle, the second cycle is the DRX cycle of the first terminal device, and the second cycle is The length is less than the length of the first period.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息还用于指示将DRX周期的长度修改为所述第二周期的长度。The method according to claim 16, wherein the second message is further used to instruct to modify the length of the DRX cycle to the length of the second cycle.
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二终端设备与第二核心网设备协商所述第二终端设备的DRX周期,其中,协商后的所述第二终端设备的DRX周期的长度与所述第二周期的长度相同,所述第二核心网设备服务于所述第二终端设备。The second terminal device negotiates the DRX cycle of the second terminal device with the second core network device, wherein the length of the negotiated DRX cycle of the second terminal device is the same as the length of the second cycle, so The second core network device serves the second terminal device.
  19. 根据权利要求12~18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,第一标识为第一取值,所述第一取值为所述第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI mod 1024的取值,其中,mod表示取模操作。The method according to any one of claims 12 to 18, wherein the first identifier is a first value, and the first value is a value of 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024 of the second terminal device value, where mod represents the modulo operation.
  20. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括接收模块、发送模块和处理模块,所述接收模块、所述发送模块和所述处理模块耦合,能够执行如权利要求1~11任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求12~19任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a receiving module, a sending module and a processing module, the receiving module, the sending module and the processing module are coupled and can execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 11 , or perform the method according to any one of claims 12 to 19 .
  21. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1~11中任意一项所述的方法,或者使得所述计算机执行如权利要求12~19中任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer is made to execute any one of claims 1 to 11. The method of claim 12, or cause the computer to execute the method of any one of claims 12-19.
PCT/CN2021/106273 2020-07-24 2021-07-14 Communication method and apparatus WO2022017235A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010725935.1 2020-07-24
CN202010725935.1A CN113973358A (en) 2020-07-24 2020-07-24 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022017235A1 true WO2022017235A1 (en) 2022-01-27

Family

ID=79585863

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/106273 WO2022017235A1 (en) 2020-07-24 2021-07-14 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113973358A (en)
WO (1) WO2022017235A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017065557A1 (en) * 2015-10-14 2017-04-20 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for supporting user equipments capable of uplink transmission only via grouping in wireless communication system
WO2018151534A1 (en) * 2017-02-15 2018-08-23 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for relaying paging and relay user equipment, and paging reception method and remote user equipment
CN109891947A (en) * 2016-11-04 2019-06-14 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 Foundation is paged and connected in a wireless communication system by relay
US20190261309A1 (en) * 2016-11-03 2019-08-22 Sony Corporation Wireless telecommunications apparatuses and methods

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110536290B (en) * 2018-05-24 2022-03-29 华为技术有限公司 Paging processing method and device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017065557A1 (en) * 2015-10-14 2017-04-20 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for supporting user equipments capable of uplink transmission only via grouping in wireless communication system
US20190261309A1 (en) * 2016-11-03 2019-08-22 Sony Corporation Wireless telecommunications apparatuses and methods
CN109891947A (en) * 2016-11-04 2019-06-14 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 Foundation is paged and connected in a wireless communication system by relay
WO2018151534A1 (en) * 2017-02-15 2018-08-23 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for relaying paging and relay user equipment, and paging reception method and remote user equipment

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
SEQUANS COMMUNICATIONS: "Idle mode procedures for feD2D", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #96; R2-168623, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, 13 November 2016 (2016-11-13), Reno, USA; 20161114 - 20161118, XP051178187 *
SEQUANS COMMUNICATIONS: "Power efficient relay discovery maintenance and establishment", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #97; R2-1701648 , 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, 12 February 2017 (2017-02-12), Athens, Greece; 20170213 - 20170217, XP051212240 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113973358A (en) 2022-01-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN114982317B (en) Paging method and device
CN108632995B (en) Paging optimization method and device
WO2014111029A2 (en) Paging method and device for network and terminal
WO2022012388A1 (en) Communication method and device
JP2023523224A (en) Method and device for discontinuous reception operation in sidelink communication channel
TW201911952A (en) Method for nb-iot ue differentiation
KR20220038425A (en) Power saving signal transmission method, base station and terminal equipment
WO2021217488A1 (en) Paging processing method and apparatus, communication device and storage medium
WO2021197233A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN111771421B (en) Information processing method and device, communication equipment and storage medium
WO2020181943A1 (en) System information requesting method and device
WO2021109039A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and device
WO2021228192A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022017235A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022127777A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2018149280A1 (en) Data receiving method and device
WO2021237693A1 (en) Enhanced discontinuous reception-based paging method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2021138854A1 (en) Signal sending and receiving method, apparatus and device
WO2022017237A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021197030A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2021159280A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023098566A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021027000A1 (en) System information acquisition method, and sending method and apparatus
WO2023284500A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022151070A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21846984

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21846984

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1